WO2022147669A1 - 一种通信方法和通信装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法和通信装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022147669A1
WO2022147669A1 PCT/CN2021/070379 CN2021070379W WO2022147669A1 WO 2022147669 A1 WO2022147669 A1 WO 2022147669A1 CN 2021070379 W CN2021070379 W CN 2021070379W WO 2022147669 A1 WO2022147669 A1 WO 2022147669A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
terminal device
sending
receiving
frequency hopping
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/070379
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
余政
刘梦婷
刘江华
高鑫
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN202180038148.2A priority Critical patent/CN115699952A/zh
Priority to KR1020237009650A priority patent/KR20230056028A/ko
Priority to JP2023520356A priority patent/JP2023550243A/ja
Priority to EP21916727.7A priority patent/EP4199622A4/en
Priority to PCT/CN2021/070379 priority patent/WO2022147669A1/zh
Publication of WO2022147669A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022147669A1/zh
Priority to US18/343,741 priority patent/US20230345230A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H04L27/26025—Numerology, i.e. varying one or more of symbol duration, subcarrier spacing, Fourier transform size, sampling rate or down-clocking
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0032—Distributed allocation, i.e. involving a plurality of allocating devices, each making partial allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24—Transfer of terminal data
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and in particular, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • RedCap reduced Capability
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and communication apparatus, in which a terminal device independently reports capability information of reference signals supporting sending and/or receiving, solving the communication problem of terminal devices supporting sending and/or receiving reference signals.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a terminal device transmitting first capability information to a first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most a first number of use The resource of the device sends and/or receives first information, the first information includes a reference signal; the terminal device transmits second capability information to the second network device, where the second capability information is used to indicate the terminal device Supports sending and/or receiving second information using at most a second number of resources, where the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information; the terminal device obtains first configuration information, where the first configuration information is The number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number; the terminal device obtains second configuration information, and the second configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second number .
  • the terminal device can establish a communication connection with at least one network device. For example, multiple capability information reported by the terminal device to the network device.
  • the terminal device may report multiple pieces of capability information to one network device, or the terminal device may report multiple pieces of capability information to different network devices respectively.
  • the terminal device transmits the first capability information to the first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the second network device (the second network device and the first network device may be the same network device) transmits second capability information, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second number of resources to send and/or receive the second network device.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information.
  • the terminal device acquires the first configuration information, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number; the terminal device acquires the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the terminal device may report through the first capability information that the terminal device supports at most the first number of resources to send and/or receive reference signals, and the terminal device may report through the second capability information that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second number of resources resources to send and/or receive the second information, thereby preventing the terminal device from sending and/or receiving the second information according to the first quantity of resources, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal device and saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first number is greater than the second number.
  • the first quantity is the quantity of resources indicated in the first capability information
  • the second quantity is the quantity of resources indicated in the second capability information
  • the first capability information is used to request the first information (for example, the first information is reference signal)
  • the second capability information is used to request resources corresponding to the second information (for example, the second information is data, control information)
  • the first quantity is greater than the second quantity, that is, the terminal device can request more resources Used to send reference signals and request fewer resources for sending data. Therefore, it can be avoided to realize the high-precision positioning requirements of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UE) on the premise of greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set, the second quantity is predefined, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to a second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to a second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set
  • the first number is predefined, the second number is predefined, and the first number is greater than the second number; or,
  • the first number is predefined, the second number is predefined, and the first number is not greater than the second number.
  • the first quantity and the second quantity are independently determined by the terminal device.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity.
  • the implementation manner of the first quantity set is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one quantity.
  • a constituent element, or including a plurality of constituent elements, the constituent element is the quantity that constitutes the first quantity set.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set, the second quantity is predefined, there is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, and the second quantity is predefined by the terminal device, for example, the terminal device predefines the second quantity
  • the bandwidth is 20MHz or 40MHz, or 5MHz, or the predefined second quantity of bandwidth is 51 resource blocks (or 106 resource blocks, or 11 resource blocks.
  • the first quantity set may include one component element, or include multiple A constituent element, the constituent element is the quantity that constitutes the first quantity set. There is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, so there is a possibility that the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity.
  • the value is not limited here.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity.
  • the implementation manner of the first quantity set and the second quantity set is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one constituent element, or include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element constitutes the first quantity set quantity in .
  • the second quantity set may include one constituent element, or may include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element is the quantity constituting the second quantity set. There is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, so there is a possibility that the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity, and the specific value of the first quantity is not limited here.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set.
  • the implementation manner of the first quantity set and the second quantity set is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one constituent element, or include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element constitutes the first quantity set quantity in .
  • the second quantity set may include one constituent element, or may include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element is the quantity constituting the second quantity set. At least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set, so the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity, and the specific value of the first quantity is not limited here.
  • the specific values of the first quantity and the second quantity can be predefined, and the terminal device can indicate whether the first quantity is valid through the first capability information.
  • the terminal device can use the second capability information to indicate the first quantity. Whether the second quantity is valid.
  • the terminal device may be configured with the first capability information and the second capability information independently.
  • the first number is greater than the second number, it can be avoided that the high-precision positioning requirement of the terminal device (such as a RedCap UE) can be achieved on the premise of greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the transmission bandwidth capability of the positioning reference signal may be smaller than the bandwidth capability of data transmission, and the positioning reference signal may not be sent with the full bandwidth, which can effectively reduce UE power consumption.
  • the resources are: bandwidth, resource block, carrier, subband, frequency range, frequency band, frequency band, subcarrier interval, bandwidth part BWP, frequency hopping interval, and hopping within a specific time range one or more of the frequencies.
  • the resources defined in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in various manners.
  • the resources may be bandwidths, or the resources may be resource blocks.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the related concepts of bandwidth, resource block, carrier, sub-band, frequency range, frequency band, frequency band, sub-carrier spacing, BWP, frequency hopping interval, and frequency hopping times within a specific time range are not explained here.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information using a maximum of M carriers, where M is a positive integer.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the third capability information may be 1-bit indication information, and the indication information indicates whether the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information in a carrier aggregation manner.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports using a maximum of M carriers to transmit and/or receive the first information, where M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the value of M may be carried in the third capability information.
  • that the terminal equipment uses at most M carriers to send and/or receive the first information means that the maximum number of carriers used by the terminal equipment can be M carriers.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device does not support the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information, or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the second information using a maximum of N carriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the fourth capability information may be 1-bit indication information, and the indication information indicates that the terminal device does not support using carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports using a maximum of N carriers to transmit and/or receive the second information, where N is a positive integer.
  • the value of N may be carried in the fourth capability information.
  • that the terminal equipment uses at most N carriers to send and/or receive the second information means that the maximum number of carriers used by the terminal equipment can be N carriers.
  • the N is less than the M; or,
  • the N is not greater than the M.
  • N is less than M
  • the high-precision positioning requirements of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UE) can be avoided by greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the bandwidth capability is equal to the bandwidth capability of data transmission, which simplifies the configuration of the transmission bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and the bandwidth of data transmission.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fifth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm; or,
  • the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the algorithm of the embodiment of the present application may be a method of sequence generation.
  • the number of sequences or the content of sequences generated by different algorithms are not exactly the same.
  • the sequence ID used by the first algorithm to generate the sequence is in the range of ⁇ 0, . . . , 1023 ⁇ .
  • the sequence ID used by the second algorithm to generate the sequence is in the range of ⁇ 0, . . . , 65535 ⁇ .
  • the method further includes:
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following information: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time, receive information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the terminal device obtains sixth capability information, and the sixth capability information has multiple implementation manners.
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, hop frequency information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, do not transmit information at the same time, do not receive information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can indicate to the first network device that the terminal device is in scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, The ability to not send information at the same time, and not receive information at the same time.
  • the first configuration information includes: a configuration of a manner of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information sending and/or receiving said first information; or,
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to a first algorithm, or generates the first information according to a second algorithm, wherein the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the terminal device can obtain the configuration of the manner used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, Not sending information at the same time, not receiving information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the terminal device obtains the first configuration information, and the first configuration information has multiple implementation manners, such as sending and/or receiving information of the first information, such as sending the information of the first information, or receiving the first information Information.
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time. Receive information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can obtain the information used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following: whether to enable frequency hopping, frequency hopping time domain configuration, and frequency hopping frequency domain configuration;
  • the frequency hopping time domain configuration includes at least one of the following: a starting position, an interval, a period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, a configuration of a frame or a time slot;
  • the frequency hopping frequency domain configuration includes at least one of the following: the starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop, the number of hops on the frequency corresponding to a specific time, and the frequency resource range of the frequency hopping. , subcarrier spacing information, frequency hopping offset.
  • whether to enable frequency hopping may be to enable frequency hopping or not to enable frequency hopping.
  • the first configuration information may also include a frequency hopping time domain configuration and a frequency hopping frequency domain configuration, so that the terminal device can obtain the frequency hopping information used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can obtain the frequency hopping information used for sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the device sends and/or receives the first information.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the ways may include: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ Two modes, no frequency hopping ⁇ , the first configuration information can indicate one of the above methods, and the terminal device can obtain the method used to send and/or receive the first information through the above first configuration information, so as to realize the terminal The device sends and/or receives the first information.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the ways may include: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ Two modes, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , the first configuration information can indicate one of the above methods, and the terminal device can obtain the transmission and/or reception of the first configuration information through the above first configuration information.
  • the method used by the information enables the terminal device to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a predefined sending and/or receiving manner
  • the predefined sending and/or receiving methods include at least one of the following:
  • the amount of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or equals the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a frequency-free manner;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping method, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping frequency instructing to send and/or receive the first information;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the first number, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a carrier aggregation manner;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a single-carrier manner.
  • the above-mentioned multiple transmission and/or reception modes can be pre-defined, and a trigger condition can be set in each mode, and the trigger condition can be based on the number of resources occupied by the first information, the first number and the second Quantity setting conditions, when the corresponding trigger conditions are met, the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a pre-defined way, so that the terminal device can obtain the transmission and/or reception of the first information through the above-mentioned pre-defined way.
  • the adopted frequency hopping information and carrier aggregation information enable the terminal device to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the first network device is a positioning server
  • the second network device is a base station
  • the first network device and the second network device are the same base station.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, including:
  • the network device receives the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the first information includes reference signal;
  • the network device receives the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive the second information, the
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information;
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information configures the number of resources for the first information not to be greater than the first number;
  • the network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, and the second configuration information configures the number of resources for the second information not to be greater than the second number.
  • the first number is greater than the second number.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information using a maximum of M carriers, where M is a positive integer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device does not support the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information, or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the second information using a maximum of N carriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the fifth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm and supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm;
  • the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the method further includes:
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following information: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time, receive information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes:
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information sending and/or receiving said first information; or,
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to a first algorithm, or generates the first information according to a second algorithm, wherein the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, Not sending information at the same time, not receiving information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following: whether to enable frequency hopping, frequency hopping time domain configuration, and frequency hopping frequency domain configuration;
  • the frequency hopping time domain configuration includes at least one of the following: a starting position, an interval, a period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, a configuration of a frame or a time slot;
  • the frequency hopping frequency domain configuration includes at least one of the following: the starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop, the number of hops on the frequency corresponding to a specific time, and the frequency resource range of the frequency hopping. , subcarrier spacing information, frequency hopping offset.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a predefined sending and/or receiving manner
  • the predefined sending and/or receiving methods include at least one of the following:
  • the amount of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or equals the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a frequency-free manner;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping method, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping frequency instructing to send and/or receive the first information;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the first number, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a carrier aggregation manner;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a single-carrier manner.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the communication device is a terminal device, and the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to transmit first capability information to a first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive first information, the the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the transceiver module is configured to transmit second capability information to the second network device, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive the second information,
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information;
  • a processing module configured to acquire first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number;
  • the processing module is configured to acquire second configuration information, wherein the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also perform the steps described in the foregoing first aspect and various possible implementation manners.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, where the communication device is a network device, and the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein,
  • the processing module is configured to receive the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving using a first number of resources first information, the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the processing module is configured to receive the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a second number of resources to send and/or or receiving second information, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information;
  • the processing module configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device through the transceiver module, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number;
  • the processing module is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also perform the steps described in the second aspect and various possible implementations.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also perform the steps described in the second aspect and various possible implementations.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes: a terminal device and a network device, wherein,
  • the terminal device configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing first aspects
  • the network device configured to perform the method described in any one of the foregoing second aspects
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes: a terminal device, a first network device, and a second network device, wherein,
  • the terminal device configured to execute the method described in any one of the foregoing first aspects
  • the first network device is configured to receive the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device, wherein the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving the first information by using a first number of resources , the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the second network device is configured to receive the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second number of resources to send and/or receive the first capability.
  • the first network device configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number;
  • the second network device is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device, where the second configuration information configures the resource quantity for the second information to be no greater than the second quantity.
  • an apparatus in a seventh aspect, may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence with the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect, and the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the apparatus may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • an apparatus may be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with the network device.
  • the device may include modules corresponding to one-to-one execution of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect, and the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the apparatus may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, where the apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface, and is configured to implement the method described in the foregoing first aspect.
  • the apparatus may further include a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the first aspect can be implemented.
  • the apparatus may also include a communication interface, which is used for the apparatus to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin or other type of communication interface.
  • the device can be a network device.
  • the apparatus includes:
  • the processor is configured to use the communication interface to perform the steps in the foregoing first aspect, which is not specifically limited here.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, where the apparatus includes a processor and a communication interface, and is configured to implement the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the apparatus may further include a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the second aspect above can be implemented.
  • the apparatus may also include a communication interface, which is used for the apparatus to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin or other type of communication interface.
  • the device can be a terminal device.
  • the apparatus includes:
  • the processor is configured to use the communication interface to perform the steps in the foregoing second aspect, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first to second aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first to second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, where the chip system includes a processor and a communication interface, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the device described in the first aspect and the device described in the second aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages:
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of an interaction flow between a terminal device, a first network device, and a second network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of carrier aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of carrier aggregation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3a is a schematic diagram of an interaction process between a UE and a base station provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • 3b is a schematic diagram of configuring a first resource and a second resource by a base station according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the composition and structure of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the composition and structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the composition and structure of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of the composition of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication apparatus.
  • a terminal device can report through first capability information that the terminal device supports at most a first number of resources to send and/or receive reference signals, and the terminal device can report through second capability information
  • the terminal device supports at most the use of the second amount of resources to send and/or receive the second information, thereby preventing the terminal device from sending and/or receiving the second information according to the first amount of resources, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal device and saving the terminal The power consumption overhead of the device.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G mobile communication systems 5G mobile communication systems
  • 6G mobile communication systems 6G mobile communication systems
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • future communication system or a system integrating multiple communication systems, etc.
  • 5G can also be called new radio (NR).
  • NR new radio
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (enhanced mobile broadband, eMBB), high reliability and low latency communication ( ultra reliable and low latency communications, URLLC) and massive machine type communications (mMTC), device-to-device (D2D) communications, vehicle to everything (V2X) communications, vehicle Vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, and Internet of things (IoT), etc.
  • enhanced mobile broadband enhanced mobile broadband
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • eMBB high reliability and low latency communication
  • URLLC ultra reliable and low latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2V vehicle Vehicle to vehicle
  • IoT Internet of things
  • a wireless communication system includes a communication device (a communication device may also be referred to as a communication device), and the communication devices can use air interface resources to perform wireless communication.
  • the communication devices may include network devices and terminal devices, and the network devices may also be referred to as network-side devices.
  • the air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources and space resources.
  • at least one may also be described as one or more, and the plurality may be two, three, four or more, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a wireless communication system includes two communication devices, namely a network device and a terminal device.
  • the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application may further include three communication devices, which are a first network device, a second network device, and a terminal device, respectively.
  • “/” may indicate that the objects associated before and after are an “or” relationship, for example, A/B may indicate A or B; “and/or” may be used to describe that there are three types of associated objects A relationship, for example, A and/or B, can represent three situations: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • words such as “first”, “second”, “A”, and “B” may be used in the embodiments of the present application to distinguish technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • words “first”, “second”, “A”, “B” and so on do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first”, “second”, “A”, “B” and so on also Not necessarily different.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “such as” are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations, and any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be construed are preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the related concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a terminal, which may be a device with a wireless transceiver function, which may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; or may be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); or can be deployed in the air (eg, on airplanes, balloons, or satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), wherein the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device can be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent A wireless terminal in a power grid, a wireless terminal in a smart city, or a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
  • the device for implementing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, the device may be installed in the terminal device, or the device Can be used with terminal equipment.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail by taking the device for realizing the function of the terminal device as the terminal device as an example.
  • the terminal device in the mMTC scenario may be a reduced capability (REDCAP) terminal device.
  • the REDCAP terminal device may also be referred to as a light terminal device.
  • the REDCAP terminal equipment in the NR system has lower capability than the traditional terminal equipment.
  • the REDCAP terminal equipment has one or more of the following characteristics compared with the traditional terminal equipment: supporting a narrower bandwidth, configured antennas Fewer numbers, lower supported maximum transmit power, lower duplex capability (e.g.
  • the traditional terminal equipment supports full-duplex frequency division duplex
  • REDCAP terminal equipment supports half-duplex frequency division duplex
  • data processing capability Weaker for example, REDCAP end devices can process less data in the same time than traditional end devices, or REDCAP end devices can process the same data longer than traditional end devices
  • REDCAP end devices and Legacy terminal devices may require different system information, dedicated access networks, and/or control channels with different capabilities, and the like.
  • the traditional terminal device may be a non-REDCAP terminal device, and the non-REDCAP terminal device mainly supports eMBB service and/or URLLC service.
  • REDCAP terminal equipment can be regarded as high-capacity terminal equipment or terminal equipment with unlimited capabilities.
  • legacy terminal devices can be replaced with future-introduced terminal devices that are high-capable relative to REDCAP terminal devices.
  • the mMTC user equipment in this embodiment of the present application may include a RADCAP terminal device.
  • the mMTC user equipment may be a low-complexity user equipment, or a narrow-bandwidth user equipment, or an IoT device, or a low-end smart handheld terminal.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the mMTC user equipment is less than 100 MHz.
  • the mMTC user equipment in the embodiments of the present application is not only a device for machine-type communication, but also an intelligent handheld terminal.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station (base station, BS), and a base station is a device deployed in a wireless access network and capable of wirelessly communicating with a terminal device.
  • the base station may have various forms, such as a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay station, and an access point.
  • the base station involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station in a 5G mobile communication system or a base station in LTE, where the base station in the 5G mobile communication system may also be called a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP). or gNB.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, the device may be installed in the network device, or the device Can be used with network equipment.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are specifically described by taking the apparatus for implementing the functions of the network equipment as the network equipment as an example.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a positioning server.
  • the location server is a network unit that can locate the terminal device.
  • the location server provides location services for the terminal device according to the location capability information of the terminal device.
  • the location server may be a location management function (LMF) or other functional entities that provide location services.
  • LMF location management function
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices.
  • the wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal device, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, or wireless communication between a terminal device and a terminal device.
  • wireless communication may also be referred to as "communication” for short, and the term “communication” may also be described as "data transmission", "information transmission” or “transmission”.
  • the technical solution can be used for wireless communication between a scheduling entity and a subordinate entity, wherein the scheduling entity can allocate resources to the subordinate entity.
  • Those skilled in the art can use the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application to perform wireless communication between other scheduling entities and subordinate entities, for example, wireless communication between a macro base station and a micro base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication method, which is suitable for a communication scenario between a terminal device and at least one network device, and can provide different types of terminal devices with resources suitable for the location service of this type of terminal device.
  • a REDCAP terminal device can be provided with a positioning service suitable for the REDCAP terminal device, so as to meet the communication requirements of various types of terminal devices.
  • the aggregation level (AL) supported by the device is different, or the number of candidate control channels supported by the REDCAP terminal device and the traditional terminal device is different.
  • the terminal device transmits the first capability information to the first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the first information includes a reference signal ;
  • the terminal device transmits second capability information to the second network device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive second information, and the second information includes at least one of the following: data , control information.
  • the terminal device acquires the first configuration information, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number; the terminal device acquires the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the terminal device may report through the first capability information that the terminal device supports at most the first number of resources to send and/or receive reference signals, and the terminal device may report through the second capability information that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second number of resources resources to send and/or receive the second information, thereby preventing the terminal device from sending and/or receiving the second information according to the first quantity of resources, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal device and saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • transfer may be understood as transfer or report.
  • Sending means that the terminal device sends information to the network device.
  • a reference signal is sent, or data is sent, or control information is sent.
  • the data here may be data carried by the physical shared channel, and the reference signal does not belong to the data.
  • a terminal device may communicate with a network device, for example, the network device may be a base station or other communication entity that provides positioning services and communication services for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may report a plurality of capability information to the network device.
  • the terminal device transmits the first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the first information includes reference signal; the terminal device transmits second capability information to the network device, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive second information, and the second information includes at least one of the following: data, control information.
  • the terminal device may report through the first capability information that the terminal device supports at most the first number of resources to send and/or receive reference signals, and the terminal device may report through the second capability information that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second number of resources resources to send and/or receive the second information, thereby preventing the terminal device from sending and/or receiving the second information according to the first quantity of resources, thereby reducing the complexity of the terminal device and saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • a terminal device may communicate with two network devices, for example, the terminal device communicates with a first network device and a second network device respectively, and the first network device and the second network device are two different network devices.
  • the first network device is a positioning server, and the positioning server can provide a positioning service for the terminal device.
  • the second network device may be a base station, and the base station may provide a communication service for the terminal device.
  • the first network device and the second network device may also be the same network device.
  • the network device may be a base station.
  • the terminal device communicates with the first network device and the second network device respectively for illustration as an example.
  • the embodiments of the present application involve the sending and/or receiving of the first information and the sending and/or receiving of the second information. Specifically, it involves a variety of application scenarios.
  • the terminal device sends the first information and sends the second information.
  • the terminal device sends the first information and receives the second information, for example, the terminal device receives the first information and sends the second information.
  • the terminal device receives the first information and receives the second information.
  • the sending and/or receiving of the first information and the sending and/or receiving of the second information are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Subsequent embodiments are described by taking the sending of the first information and the sending of the second information as examples.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an interaction flow between a network device and a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • steps 101 to 104 are described from the side of the terminal device
  • steps 111 and 113 are described from the side of the first network device
  • steps 112 and 114 are described from the side of the second network device.
  • the interaction process shown in Figure 1 mainly includes the following steps:
  • a terminal device transmits first capability information to a first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving first information using a first number of resources, and the first information includes a reference signal.
  • the terminal device uses resources to send and/or receive information, the terminal device requests the network device to allocate resources, the terminal device reports the capability information of the terminal device, and the network device allocates the terminal device based on the capability information of the terminal device. resource.
  • the terminal device uses the resource to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the terminal device requests the network device to allocate resources, and the terminal device reports the first capability information of the terminal device to the first network device.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving first information by using a first number of resources, where the first information includes a reference signal.
  • the reference signal in this embodiment of the present application may be an uplink reference signal, for example, the uplink reference signal may be a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS).
  • the reference signal may also be a downlink reference signal.
  • the downlink reference signal may be a positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS).
  • the first information may also include other types of information, for example, the first information may be a control signal suitable for a specific scenario.
  • the terminal device generates first capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving the first information by using a first number of resources.
  • the fact that the terminal device supports at most the use of the first number of resources refers to the maximum resources supported by the terminal device for sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the maximum number of resources that the terminal device can only use is the first number, that is, the maximum capability of the terminal device is to use the first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the terminal device cannot use more than the first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information. or receive the first message.
  • the quantity in the embodiments of the present application may be understood as a number or a number.
  • the first number of resources is the first number of resources.
  • the resource is a resource block (RB)
  • the first number of resources is the first number of resource blocks.
  • the subcarrier spacing is 120 kHz (eg, FR2 band)
  • the first amount of bandwidth is 66 resource blocks (or 132 resource blocks, or 264 resource blocks).
  • the quantity in the embodiments of the present application may also be understood as the size (ie, size).
  • the resource of the first quantity is the resource of the first size.
  • the first amount of resource is a first size of bandwidth.
  • the first amount of bandwidth is 100MHz or 200MHz, or 300MHz.
  • the first network device receives the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, and the first information includes a reference signal .
  • a communication connection is established between the terminal device and the first network device, the terminal device sends the first capability information to the first network device, the first network device receives the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device, and the first network device parses the first capability information.
  • a capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, so that the first network device can obtain the maximum number of resources that the terminal device can use to send and/or receive the first information. resource capacity.
  • the first information includes a reference signal.
  • the reference signal is an uplink reference signal.
  • the uplink reference signal is a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), or an uplink positioning sounding reference signal (pos-SRS).
  • the reference signal is a downlink reference signal.
  • the downlink reference signal is a downlink positioning reference signal (PRS), a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS), a synchronization signal and a physical broadcast channel block (synchronization signal and PBCH (physical). Broadcast Channel) Block, SSB).
  • PRS downlink positioning reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information-reference signal
  • SSB Physical broadcast Channel Block
  • the positioning sounding reference signal pos-SRS or the sounding reference signal SRS is used for positioning the terminal equipment by the opposite terminal equipment (communicating with the terminal equipment).
  • the sounding reference signal SRS can also be used for channel measurement by the communicating peer device.
  • the terminal device transmits second capability information to the second network device, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive second information, and the second information includes at least one of the following: Species: data, control information.
  • the terminal device uses resources to send and/or receive information, the terminal device requests the network device to allocate resources, the terminal device reports capability information of the terminal device, and the network device allocates resources to the terminal device based on the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device uses the resource to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the terminal device requests the network device to allocate resources, and the terminal device reports the second capability information of the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second amount of resources to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information.
  • the data may be data carried on a physical shared channel
  • the control information may be control information carried on a physical control channel.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information.
  • the second information is data carried by a physical shared channel.
  • the physical shared channel may be a physical uplink shared channel and/or a physical downlink shared channel.
  • the control information may be information carried by a physical control channel.
  • the physical control channel may be a physical uplink control channel and/or a physical downlink control channel.
  • the second information may further include a sounding reference signal.
  • the first information is a positioning sounding reference signal
  • the second information is data.
  • the first information is a positioning sounding reference signal
  • the second information is data and a sounding reference signal.
  • the second information does not include a reference signal.
  • the terminal device separately reports capability information corresponding to the information, and the terminal device can be divided into two categories according to whether the information is a reference signal.
  • the first information includes a reference signal
  • the second information does not Including reference signal. Then, the terminal device can respectively report the first capability information corresponding to the first information and the second capability information corresponding to the second information for the first information and the second information.
  • the reference signal is different from the data, and the reference signal is different from the control information.
  • step 101 is performed first, and then step 102 is performed for illustration, but this is not a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the quantity in the embodiments of the present application may be understood as a number or a number.
  • the first number of resources is the first number of resources
  • the second number of resources is the second number of resources.
  • the first number of resources is a first number of resource blocks
  • the second number of resources is a second number of resource blocks.
  • the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz (FR1 frequency band)
  • the second amount of bandwidth is 51 resource blocks (or 106 resource blocks, or 11 resource blocks).
  • the first amount of bandwidth is 66 resource blocks (or 132 resource blocks, or 264 resource blocks).
  • the quantity in the embodiments of the present application may also be understood as size (ie, size).
  • the resources of the first quantity are resources of the first size
  • the resources of the second quantity are resources of the second size.
  • the resource is bandwidth
  • the first number of resources is a first size of bandwidth
  • the second number of resources is a second size of bandwidth.
  • the second amount of bandwidth is 20MHz or 40MHz, or 5MHz.
  • the first amount of bandwidth is 100MHz or 200MHz, or 300MHz.
  • the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the first number of resources to send the first information, that is, the first capability information indicates that the first Quantity, the first quantity of resources is the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device for sending the first information.
  • the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second quantity of resources to send the second information, that is, the second capability information indicates the second quantity, and the second quantity of resources is supported by the terminal device (sending the second information ) maximum bandwidth.
  • the second network device receives the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive the second information, and the second information at least includes the following: One: data, control information.
  • a communication connection is established between the terminal device and the second network device, the terminal device sends the second capability information to the second network device, the second network device receives the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device, and the second network device parses the second capability information.
  • Two capability information where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a second number of resources to send and/or receive the second information, so that the second network device can obtain the terminal device to send and/or receive the second information The ability to use the maximum resource that can be used.
  • step 111 and step 112 do not limit the sequence of step 111 and step 112 .
  • the first network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first quantity.
  • the first network device may determine the first configuration information according to the first information. Specifically, the first network device executes the foregoing step 111, the first network device obtains the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device, and the first network device The device parses the first capability information, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive the first information, so that the first network device can obtain the terminal device to send and/or receive the first information. The ability to receive the maximum resource that can be used by the first message.
  • the first network device may configure resources for the first information, for example, the first network device configures resources for the terminal device to send and/or receive the first information, the first network device generates first configuration information, and the first configuration information is the first configuration information.
  • the quantity of resources configured by the information is not greater than the first quantity, and the first quantity is obtained by the first network device by parsing the first capability information, or obtained according to an indication of the first capability information.
  • the first configuration information may be included in one or more of radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), medium access control (medium access control, MAC) signaling, and downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI). or the first configuration information may be included in signaling from the location service device to the terminal device, for example, the location service device is the first network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC medium access control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a manner of sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the manner of the first information is: sending and/or receiving the first information according to the bandwidth of the terminal device (ie, the bandwidth of the second quantity).
  • the manner of the first information is as follows: sending and/or receiving the first information according to the bandwidth of the first quantity.
  • Sending and/or receiving the first information according to the bandwidth of the terminal device can be understood as the terminal device sending and/or receiving the first information according to a mechanism specified by the standard for the terminal device of the first type.
  • the bandwidth of the terminal device of the first type is equal to the bandwidth of the second quantity.
  • the first type of terminal device may be a reduced capability device, eg, the second amount of bandwidth may be 5MHz, or 20MHz.
  • Sending and/or receiving the first information according to the first amount of bandwidth can be understood as the terminal device sending and/or receiving the first information according to the mechanism specified by the standard for the terminal device of the second type.
  • the bandwidth of the terminal equipment of the second type is greater than the bandwidth of the terminal equipment of the first type.
  • the second type of terminal device may be an enhanced mobile broadband device, eg, the first amount of bandwidth may be 5MHz, or 20MHz, or 40MHz, or 100MHz.
  • the first configuration information configured by the first network device does not exceed the first capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • the bandwidth of the positioning sounding reference signal reported by the terminal device is 100 MHz
  • the first network device The transmission bandwidth of the configured positioning sounding reference signal does not exceed 100 MHz, for example, the transmission bandwidth of the positioning sounding reference signal configured by the first network device is 20 MHz, or 40 MHz, or 80 MHz, or 100 MHz.
  • the terminal device acquires first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first quantity.
  • the terminal device may acquire the first configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate the resource configuration for sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes resource indication configured for the first information, for example, the first configuration information indicates the quantity of resources configured for the first information, and the quantity of resources configured for the first information is not greater than the first quantity. That is, the number of resources configured for the first information acquired by the terminal device is not greater than the first number.
  • the terminal device may acquire the first configuration information from the first network device, so that the terminal device may acquire that the number of resources configured for the first information is not greater than the first number.
  • the second network device sends second configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the second network device may determine the second configuration information according to the second information. Specifically, the second network device executes the foregoing step 112, the second network device obtains the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device, and the second network device The device parses the second capability information, where the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a second number of resources to send and/or receive the second information, so that the second network device can obtain the terminal device to send and/or receive the second information. The ability to receive the maximum resource that can be used by the second information.
  • the second network device may configure resources for the second information, for example, the second network device configures resources for the terminal device to send and/or receive the second information, the second network device generates the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is the second The quantity of resources configured by the information is not greater than the second quantity, and the second quantity is obtained by the second network device by parsing the second capability information, or obtained according to the indication of the second capability information.
  • the second configuration information may be one or more of RRC signaling, MAC signaling, and DCI, or the second configuration information may be included in the signaling from the location service device to the terminal device, such as the local location service device for the second network device.
  • the configuration in this embodiment of the present application may also be understood as allocation or scheduling.
  • the terminal device acquires second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the terminal device may acquire the second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to indicate the resource configuration for sending and/or receiving the second information.
  • the second configuration information includes resource indication configured for the second information, for example, the second configuration information indicates the quantity of resources configured for the second information, and the quantity of resources configured for the second information is not greater than the second quantity. That is, the quantity of resources configured for the second information obtained by the terminal device is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the terminal device may acquire the second configuration information from the second network device, so that the terminal device may acquire that the quantity of resources configured for the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the first number is greater than the second number.
  • the first quantity is the quantity of resources indicated in the first capability information
  • the second quantity is the quantity of resources indicated in the second capability information
  • the first capability information is used to request the corresponding first information (for example, the first information is a reference signal) resources
  • the second capability information is used to request resources corresponding to the second information (for example, the second information is data, control information)
  • the first quantity is greater than the second quantity, that is, the terminal device can request more resources for sending reference signal and request fewer resources for sending data. Therefore, it can be avoided to realize the high-precision positioning requirements of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UE) on the premise of greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set, the second quantity is predefined, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set
  • the first quantity is predefined, the second quantity is predefined, and the first quantity is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity is predefined, the second quantity is predefined, and the first quantity is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the first quantity and the second quantity are determined independently by the terminal device.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity.
  • the implementation manner of the first quantity set is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one quantity.
  • a constituent element, or including a plurality of constituent elements, the constituent element is the quantity that constitutes the first quantity set.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set, the second quantity is predefined, there is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, and the second quantity is predefined by the terminal device, for example, the terminal device predefines the second quantity
  • the bandwidth is 20MHz or 40MHz, or 5MHz, or the predefined second quantity of bandwidth is 51 resource blocks (or 106 resource blocks, or 11 resource blocks.
  • the first quantity set may include one component element, or include multiple A constituent element, the constituent element is the quantity that constitutes the first quantity set. There is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, so there is a possibility that the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity.
  • the value is not limited here.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity.
  • the implementation manner of the first quantity set and the second quantity set is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one constituent element, or include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element constitutes the first quantity set quantity in .
  • the second quantity set may include one constituent element, or may include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element is the quantity constituting the second quantity set. There is at least one quantity in the first quantity set that is greater than the second quantity, so there is a possibility that the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity, and the specific value of the first quantity is not limited here.
  • the first quantity belongs to the first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to the second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set.
  • the implementation manners of the first quantity set and the second quantity set are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first quantity set may include one constituent element, or multiple constituent elements, and the constituent elements constitute the first quantity set quantity in .
  • the second quantity set may include one constituent element, or may include multiple constituent elements, and the constituent element is the quantity constituting the second quantity set. At least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set, so the first quantity can be greater than the second quantity, and the specific value of the first quantity is not limited here.
  • the first quantity is predefined
  • the second quantity is predefined
  • the first quantity is greater than the second quantity
  • the first quantity is predefined
  • the second quantity is predefined
  • the first quantity is not greater than the second quantity
  • the specific values of the first quantity and the second quantity can be predefined, and the terminal device can indicate whether the first quantity is valid through the first capability information.
  • the terminal device can use the second capability information to indicate the first quantity. Whether the second quantity is valid.
  • the terminal device may be configured with the first capability information and the second capability information independently.
  • the first number is greater than the second number, it can be avoided that the high-precision positioning requirement of the terminal device (such as a RedCap UE) can be achieved on the premise of greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the transmission bandwidth capability of the positioning reference signal may be smaller than the bandwidth capability of data transmission, and the positioning reference signal may not be sent with the full bandwidth, which can effectively reduce UE power consumption.
  • the resource is: bandwidth, resource block, carrier, subband, frequency range, frequency band, frequency band, subcarrier spacing, bandwidth portion (BWP), frequency hopping interval, specific time range One or more of the number of frequency hops within.
  • the resources defined in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in various manners, for example, the resources may be bandwidth, or the resources may be resource blocks, and the like. The embodiments of the present application are not limited. The related concepts of bandwidth, resource block, carrier, sub-band, frequency range, frequency band, frequency band, sub-carrier spacing, BWP, frequency hopping interval, and frequency hopping times within a specific time range are not explained here.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps in addition to the foregoing steps:
  • the terminal device sends third capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the first network device or the second network device receives the third capability information sent by the terminal device;
  • the third capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the first information, and/or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information using a maximum of M carriers, where M is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned third capability information may be sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the third capability information and the aforementioned first capability information may be sent in the same signaling, and the third capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned first capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the third capability information and the aforementioned second capability information may be sent in the same signaling, and the third capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned second capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the specific implementation manner of the third capability information depends on the application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the third capability information may be 1-bit indication information, and the indication information indicates whether the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information in a carrier aggregation manner.
  • the third capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports using a maximum of M carriers to transmit and/or receive the first information, where M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the value of M may be carried in the third capability information.
  • that the terminal equipment uses at most M carriers to send and/or receive the first information means that the maximum number of carriers used by the terminal equipment can be M carriers.
  • the terminal device can perform frequency hopping, or carrier switching, or carrier aggregation, or joint frequency hopping and carrier switching, or joint frequency hopping and carrier switching. Aggregation enables sending the first information within a larger frequency resource. For example, a terminal device can send a positioning reference signal on a resource corresponding to a maximum 100MHz single carrier, thereby achieving higher-precision positioning.
  • the terminal equipment can transmit the positioning sounding reference signal on a larger frequency resource through carrier (CC) switching.
  • CC carrier
  • Fig. 2a it is assumed that there are 3 carriers, namely CC 1 , CC 2 , and CC 3 , wherein each carrier is 100 MHz, and different carriers overlap.
  • the UE can send the positioning sounding reference signal on the frequency resource of nearly 300MHz, so as to keep the low complexity of the terminal equipment, that is, it does not need to have the ability to send the positioning sounding reference signal according to the carrier aggregation method. , and can also achieve higher-precision positioning.
  • the terminal device can transmit the positioning sounding reference signal on a larger frequency resource by means of joint frequency hopping and carrier aggregation.
  • Fig. 2b it is assumed that there are 3 carriers, namely CC 1 , CC 2 , and CC 3 . Among them, CC 2 overlaps with CC 1 and CC 3 . It is assumed that each carrier is 100 MHz, and there is no overlap between different carriers, so carrier aggregation needs to be performed.
  • the UE can send the positioning sounding reference signal on the frequency resource of nearly 300MHz, thereby realizing higher-precision positioning.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps in addition to the foregoing steps:
  • the terminal device sends fourth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the first network device or the second network device receives the fourth capability information sent by the terminal device;
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device does not support the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information, or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the second information using up to N carriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned fourth capability information may be sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the above-mentioned fourth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned first capability information, and the fourth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned first capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the above-mentioned fourth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned second capability information, and the fourth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned second capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the specific implementation manner of the fourth capability information depends on the application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the fourth capability information may be 1-bit indication information, and the indication information indicates that the terminal device does not support using carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information.
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports using a maximum of N carriers to transmit and/or receive the second information, where N is a positive integer.
  • the value of N may be carried in the fourth capability information.
  • that the terminal equipment uses at most N carriers to send and/or receive the second information means that the maximum number of carriers used by the terminal equipment can be N carriers.
  • N is less than M
  • N is not greater than M.
  • N when N is less than M, it can avoid the requirement of high-precision positioning of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UE) under the premise of greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • N the high-precision positioning requirements of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UE) can be avoided by greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • the bandwidth capability is equal to the bandwidth capability of data transmission, which simplifies the configuration of the transmission bandwidth of the positioning reference signal and the bandwidth of data transmission.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps in addition to the foregoing steps:
  • the terminal device sends fifth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the first network device or the second network device receives the fifth capability information sent by the terminal device;
  • the fifth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm and supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm;
  • the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the above fifth capability information may be sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the aforementioned fifth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned first capability information, and the fifth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned first capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the aforementioned fifth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned second capability information, and the fifth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned second capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the specific implementation manner of the fifth capability information depends on the application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • the algorithm in this embodiment of the present application may be a sequence generation method.
  • the number of sequences or the content of sequences generated by different algorithms are not exactly the same.
  • the sequence ID used by the first algorithm to generate the sequence is in the range of ⁇ 0, . . . , 1023 ⁇ .
  • the sequence ID used by the second algorithm to generate the sequence is in the range of ⁇ 0, . . . , 65535 ⁇ .
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps in addition to the foregoing steps:
  • the terminal device sends sixth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the first network device or the second network device receives the sixth capability information sent by the terminal device;
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following information: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, information not sent at the same time, not received at the same time information;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the period information is the sending period and/or the receiving period of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is the sending interval and/or the receiving interval of the two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops for sending and/or receiving the first information within a specific time, and the frequency of sending and/or receiving the first information at each hop.
  • the number of occupied resource blocks RBs, the resource width for sending and/or receiving the first information corresponding to each hop, the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information, and sending and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner One or more of the frequency resource range of the information, and the subcarrier spacing information for transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time frame
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or the switching time from when the terminal equipment receives the first information next time after finishing receiving the first information once;
  • Not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support sending other information other than the first information;
  • Not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, it does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the above-mentioned sixth capability information may be sent by the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the aforementioned sixth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned first capability information, and the sixth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned first capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the above-mentioned sixth capability information may be sent in the same signaling as the aforementioned second capability information, and the sixth capability information may also be sent separately from the aforementioned second capability information through different signaling, which is not limited here.
  • the specific implementation manner of the sixth capability information depends on the application scenario, and is not limited here.
  • the first configuration information includes: configuration of a manner of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or, the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information; or,
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to a first algorithm, or generates the first information according to a second algorithm, wherein the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the terminal device acquires first configuration information
  • the first configuration information has multiple implementation manners, such as the configuration of the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information, such as the configuration of the manner of sending the first information, or the configuration of the manner of receiving the first information way of configuration.
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information, that is, by sending And/or the manner of receiving the first information indicates that the first information is sent and/or received according to the first capability information or the second capability information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the configuration of the manner used for sending and/or receiving the first information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the method of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to the first algorithm, or generates the first information according to the second algorithm, that is, the method of sending and/or receiving the first information indicates that the The first algorithm or the second algorithm is generated.
  • the specific algorithm used to generate the first information is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, information not sent at the same time , do not receive information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the period information is the sending period and/or the receiving period of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is the sending interval and/or the receiving interval of the two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • Frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops for sending and/or receiving the first information within a specific time, and the frequency of sending and/or receiving the first information at each hop.
  • the number of occupied resource blocks RBs, the resource width for sending and/or receiving the first information corresponding to each hop, the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information, and sending and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner One or more of the frequency resource range of the information, and the subcarrier spacing information for transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time frame
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or the switching time from when the terminal equipment receives the first information next time after finishing receiving the first information once;
  • Not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support sending other information other than the first information;
  • Not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, it does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information, and for the above-mentioned various configuration modes, it can be specifically determined in combination with an application scenario.
  • the terminal device acquires the first configuration information, and the first configuration information has multiple implementation manners, such as sending and/or receiving information of the first information, such as sending the information of the first information, or receiving the information of the first information.
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time. Receive information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can obtain the information used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following: whether to enable frequency hopping, frequency hopping time domain configuration, and frequency hopping frequency domain configuration;
  • the frequency hopping time domain configuration includes at least one of the following: a starting position, an interval, a period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, a configuration of a frame or a time slot;
  • the frequency hopping frequency domain configuration includes at least one of the following: the starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop, the number of hops on the frequency corresponding to a specific time, the frequency resource range of frequency hopping, Carrier spacing information, frequency hopping offset.
  • whether to enable frequency hopping may be to enable frequency hopping or not to enable frequency hopping.
  • the first configuration information may also include a frequency hopping time domain configuration and a frequency hopping frequency domain configuration, so that the terminal device can obtain the frequency hopping information used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can obtain the frequency hopping information used for sending and/or receiving the first information.
  • the device sends and/or receives the first information.
  • the manner in which the first configuration information is used to indicate sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • No frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • Frequency hopping means that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the ways may include: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ Frequency hopping ⁇
  • the first configuration information can indicate one of the above-mentioned methods
  • the terminal device can obtain the method used to send and/or receive the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information. or receive the first message.
  • the default configuration mode can also be pre-defined as ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , then when the first configuration information does not indicate the mode of sending and/or receiving the first information, it can be The terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the default configuration mode ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ .
  • the first configuration information may be 2-bit indication information, wherein the indication information is 01, indicating that the mode of sending and/or receiving the first information is ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , and the indication information is 10, indicating that the sending and/or receiving method is ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ . Or the manner of receiving the first information is ⁇ second mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , and the indication information is 11, indicating that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ .
  • the indication information is 00 by default, and the indication information is 00 indicating that the mode of sending and/or receiving the first information is ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , or the mode of sending and/or receiving the first information may be the default of ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , then when the indication information is not sent, the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in the manner of ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ by default to reserve an indication state.
  • the manner in which the first configuration information is used to indicate sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode , frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • No frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • Frequency hopping means that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the ways may include: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ , the first configuration information may indicate one of the above-mentioned methods, and the terminal device can obtain the method used to send and/or receive the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information way to enable the terminal device to send and/or receive the first information.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a predefined sending and/or receiving manner
  • the predefined sending and/or receiving methods include at least one of the following:
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the second number, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a frequency-free manner;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the second amount, the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping method, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping instruction ;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the first number, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the mode of carrier aggregation;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a single-carrier manner.
  • the above-mentioned various sending and/or receiving methods can be pre-defined, and a trigger condition can be set in each method, and the trigger condition can be set according to the number of resources occupied by the first information, the first number and the second number.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a pre-defined manner, so that the terminal device can obtain the jumper used for sending and/or receiving the first information in the above-mentioned pre-defined manner. frequency information and carrier aggregation information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum bandwidth that the terminal equipment can occupy when transmitting the first information on a single carrier the maximum bandwidth after the terminal equipment supports carrier aggregation of the first information, and the tuning time of the terminal equipment.
  • the second capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • the maximum bandwidth of the terminal equipment for the second information transmission The maximum baseband bandwidth for the terminal equipment to perform the second information transmission, the maximum radio frequency bandwidth for the terminal equipment to perform the second information transmission, the maximum bandwidth after the terminal equipment supports carrier aggregation for the second information transmission, The tuning time for the terminal equipment to perform carrier aggregation transmission.
  • the first configuration information includes: resource configuration occupied by the sending and/or receiving of the first information
  • the resource configuration includes at least one of the following: bandwidth configuration, bandwidth part BWP configuration, resource block RB configuration, and subcarrier configuration;
  • the bandwidth configuration includes at least one of the following: the size of the bandwidth, the position of the bandwidth, the center frequency indication, the grid size, and the absolute frequency point number;
  • the BWP configuration includes at least one of the following: BWP size, BWP location;
  • the RB configuration includes at least one of the following: the number of RBs occupied by the first information, the RB position occupied by the first information, and the starting RB position occupied by the first information;
  • the subcarrier configuration includes: the subcarrier spacing supported when the terminal device transmits the first information.
  • the terminal device acquires the first configuration information, and the first configuration information has multiple implementation manners, for example, the resource configuration occupied by the sending and/or receiving of the first information.
  • the resource configuration includes at least one of the following: bandwidth configuration, bandwidth part BWP configuration, resource block RB configuration, and subcarrier configuration.
  • the terminal device can obtain the resource configuration used for sending and/or receiving the first information through the above-mentioned first configuration information, so that the terminal device can send and/or receive the first information.
  • the terminal device can establish a communication connection with at least one network device.
  • the terminal device establishes communication connections with the first network device and the second network device, respectively, and the terminal device can report different capability information to at least one network device, so that the terminal device can report multiple capability information to the network device, that is, the terminal device can Independently report different capability information to one network device, or the terminal device reports different capability information to different network devices, for example, the terminal device transmits the first capability information to the first network device, and the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device is at most Supports sending and/or receiving first information using a first amount of resources, the first information includes reference signals; the terminal device transmits second capability information to the second network device, the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second The number of resources to send and/or receive second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information.
  • the terminal device acquires the first configuration information, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number; the terminal device acquires the second configuration information, and the second configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the terminal device may report through the first capability information that the terminal device supports at most the first number of resources to send and/or receive reference signals, and the terminal device may report through the second capability information that the terminal device supports at most the use of the second number of resources Therefore, the terminal device can independently report the capability information of the reference signal supporting transmission and/or reception, and the communication problem of the terminal device supporting the transmission and/or reception of the reference signal is solved.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to achieve high-precision positioning requirements of terminal equipment (such as RedCap UEs) on the premise of avoiding greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE.
  • terminal equipment such as RedCap UEs
  • the UE determines the maximum resource (referred to as "first resource”) capability that the UE can use to send the positioning reference signal, and the UE determines the capability of the largest resource (referred to as "second resource") for data transmission (hereinafter referred to as data transmission) , the UE is a new form of UE different from the normal UE.
  • the first resource may be larger than the second resource, thereby realizing the benefits of high precision positioning and low complexity.
  • An exemplary description is as follows: For example, "the transmission bandwidth capability of the positioning reference signal” is not limited to the “bandwidth capability of the data transmission”, and the carrier aggregation (CA) capability of the positioning reference signal and the CA capability of the data transmission are limited. different configurations etc. specifically:
  • the "positioning reference signal transmission bandwidth capability” may be greater than the "data transmission bandwidth capability", for example, the data transmission bandwidth capability of a RedCap UE is 20MHz, and the positioning reference signal transmission bandwidth capability may be 40MHz or 60MHz or 80MHz or 100MHz; or, the "transmission bandwidth capability of the positioning reference signal” may also be less than or equal to the "data transmission bandwidth capability".
  • the uplink positioning reference signal can support CA
  • the data transmission (uplink transmission or downlink reception) of the UE may not support CA.
  • the embodiments of this application are applied to a 5G positioning scenario, involving network elements: LMF, base station (eg, gNB/ng-eNB), and UE.
  • the embodiments of this application are applied to 5G positioning scenarios, and the functions of the involved network elements include:
  • LMF sends an LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) message to the UE, and the UE completes the corresponding operation according to the instructions of the LPP message, and reports the location measurement information to the LMF according to the situation.
  • LPP LTE Positioning Protocol
  • the network elements involved in this process are: LMF and UE.
  • the UE completes the corresponding operation according to the instructions of the RRC message or the MAC CE, and reports a confirmation message to the gNB/ ng-eNB.
  • the network elements involved are: gNB/ng-eNB and UE.
  • the embodiments of the present application involve the interaction between the UE and the network unit, which is first described from the UE side.
  • the UE reports (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal to the network unit (LMF/base station/other communication entity).
  • the UE reports (maximum) resource capability information for its data transmission to the network element.
  • the UE may acquire the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal from the network element.
  • the UE sends the SRS according to the positioning reference signal configuration information received from the network element.
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE may be greater (or higher) than the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE may also not be greater than (or not higher than) the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • the network element may obtain (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal from the UE.
  • the network element may obtain its (maximum) resource capability information for data transmission from the UE.
  • the network unit may obtain the configuration information of its uplink positioning reference signal from the UE.
  • the network unit may receive the sounding reference signal SRS transmitted by the UE according to the reference signal configuration information.
  • the LMF is responsible for supporting different types of location services related to the target UE, including positioning the UE and delivering assistance data to the UE.
  • LMF may exchange information with ng-eNB/gNB and UE.
  • the exchanged information may be information exchange between LMF and ng-eNB/gNB through NRPPa (NR Positioning Protocol Annex) messages, such as obtaining PRS configuration information, SRS configuration information, cell timing information, cell location information, etc.
  • NRPPa is the signaling protocol between the LMF and the base station in the 5G system
  • the NRPPa message is the message carrier for signaling/information exchange between the LMF and the base station.
  • the information to be exchanged may be UE capability information transfer, auxiliary information transfer, measurement information transfer, etc. performed with the UE through an LTE Positioning Protocol (LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP) message.
  • LTE Positioning Protocol LTE Positioning Protocol, LPP
  • the Access and Mobility Management Function can receive the location service request related to the target UE from the Location Services (LoCation Services, LCS) entity, or the AMF itself It is also possible to initiate some location services on behalf of a specific target UE and forward location service requests to the LMF. After obtaining the location information returned by the UE, the AMF returns the relevant location information to the LCS entity.
  • LCS is a management module that interacts with the core network to locate services outside the core network.
  • the gNB/ng-eNB can provide measurement information for the target UE and communicate this information to the LMF.
  • steps S01 and S02 are performed by the UE, and steps S03 and S04 are performed by a network device.
  • the UE can send the positioning reference signal on more (or larger) resources, but considering to avoid greatly increasing the cost of the UE, the UE can only communicate with the pair on fewer (or smaller) resources. side device for communication or data transmission. That is, the resources available for the UE to send the positioning reference signal may be greater than the maximum resources available for the UE to communicate with the opposite device or perform data transmission.
  • baseband processing may include data processing, control channel processing, channel estimation, channel measurement, multi-antenna signal processing, and the like.
  • data processing may include: reception, decoding, and detection of downlink data; generation, encoding, and shaping of uplink data.
  • the UE can send the positioning reference signal on more (or larger) resources, so that the UE has the high-precision positioning capability without making the maximum baseband processing capability of the UE and the maximum resources supported by the UE's uplink positioning reference signal. match (eg, the same, or equivalent), thereby enabling the UE to achieve low complexity or low cost.
  • the UE can only communicate with the peer device or perform data transmission on fewer (or smaller) resources, and its power consumption overhead is reduced, thereby achieving low power consumption.
  • resources may be bandwidths, subbands, resources composed of one or more resource blocks, one or more carrier resources, frequency ranges, frequency bands, frequency bands, one or more subcarrier intervals, and subcarrier intervals One or more of BWP, frequency hopping interval, frequency hopping hop number, etc.
  • the UE determines the maximum resource (called “first resource”) capability that the UE can use to send the positioning reference signal, and the UE determines the maximum resource (called “second resource”) capability for data transmission.
  • the UE is different from A new form of UE for normal UE.
  • the first resource may be larger than the second resource, thereby realizing the benefits of high precision positioning and low complexity.
  • FIG. 3b a schematic diagram is given in which the first resource of the UE is 100 MHz and the second resource is 20 MHz.
  • the UE may report (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal to the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the UE may report (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal to the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • Step S01 the UE reports (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal to the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes: the maximum bandwidth that the UE can occupy when sending the positioning reference signal on a single carrier, whether the UE supports the carrier aggregation CA of the uplink positioning reference signal, the CA that the UE can support several carriers, the UE One or more of the maximum bandwidth after the positioning reference signal CA, the tuning time of the UE, etc. are supported. It mainly considers the scenario of frequency hopping positioning. When the next frequency hopping is performed, because the center frequency of the carrier needs to be adjusted, a certain hardware adjustment time is required, which is called "tuning time".
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may indicate that the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1, or the UE supports SRS sequence generation according to type 2.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may further indicate that the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1, or the UE supports sequence generation according to type 2, or the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1 and type 2.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: scrambling code information for the UE to generate the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the scrambling code information may be one or more of a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: position information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, non-simultaneous transmission information, One or more of the messages are not received at the same time.
  • the location information may be the location at which the UE can support the transmission of the uplink positioning reference signal. Such as fixed position or flexible position. Or, the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the synchronization signal block SSB. Because the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the SSB, the UE can quickly realize synchronous tracking, thereby saving power consumption. The UE may report the desired specific time value or range.
  • the period information may be a period of uplink positioning reference signal transmission that the UE can support.
  • the interval information may be the (minimum) interval between two adjacent uplink positioning reference signal transmissions that the UE can support.
  • the frequency hopping information can be whether the UE's uplink positioning reference signal supports frequency hopping, the number of hops in a specific time, the number of resource blocks RB occupied by each hop (or the frequency width occupied by each hop signal), the number of hops in each hop. 2.
  • the first resource bandwidth the bandwidth corresponding to the maximum resource that can be used by the UE to send the positioning reference signal
  • the second resource bandwidth the bandwidth corresponding to the maximum resource for data transmission.
  • the density information may be the number of times that the UE transmits the uplink positioning reference signal within a specific time range.
  • the reservation time information may be the length of time that the UE should reserve before sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time that the UE should reserve after sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time that the UE should reserve between sending the uplink positioning reference signal twice. The length of time reserved.
  • the tuning time information may be the handover time from when the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal to the next time it sends the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • Not sending the information at the same time may mean that when the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal, it does not support sending other (one or more) uplink signals.
  • the information not being received at the same time may be that the UE does not support receiving other (one or more) downlink signals when sending the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • part of the resource capability information of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal may also be pre-specified, so that the UE does not need to report the pre-specified resource capability information.
  • reservation time information is predetermined, or information that is not transmitted at the same time, or information that is not received at the same time is predetermined.
  • the time to be reserved by the UE before or after sending the uplink positioning reference signal is pre-specified.
  • n 5
  • n 10
  • the resource capability of the UE is pre-specified, or the UE may also report the resource capability information of the UE to the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the resource capability information of the UE is the (maximum) resource capability for data transmission. For example, pre-specify the maximum bandwidth of UE data transmission, or pre-specify that UE data transmission does not support CA.
  • Step S02 the UE reports (maximum) resource capability information of its data transmission to the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the resource capability information of data transmission includes the maximum bandwidth of UE data transmission, the maximum baseband bandwidth of UE data transmission, the maximum radio frequency bandwidth of UE data transmission, the carrier aggregation CA that UE does not support data transmission, and the UE data transmission can support several carriers CA, UE data transmission supports one or more of the maximum bandwidth after positioning reference signal CA, the tuning time of UE data transmission, etc.
  • the maximum bandwidth refers to the maximum bandwidth of UE data transmission.
  • the baseband bandwidth is the inherent frequency band (frequency bandwidth) of the original electrical signal without modulation (spectrum shifting and transformation) sent by the information source (information source, also known as the transmitting terminal), which is called the basic frequency band, or baseband for short.
  • the RF bandwidth is the frequency band (frequency bandwidth) over which the baseband signal is modulated (spectrum shifted and transformed).
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE may be greater (or higher) than the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE may also not be greater than (or not higher than) the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • a schematic diagram is given in which the UE reports the resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal and the resource capability information of the UE to the LMF or the base station.
  • the resource capability information reported by the UE for the uplink positioning reference signal is:
  • the resource capability information reported by the UE for the uplink positioning reference signal is:
  • the bandwidth of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE is 100 MHz, and the bandwidth of the UE is 20 MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the uplink positioning reference signal reported by the UE is N RBs, and the bandwidth of the UE is M RBs, where N>M.
  • the UE reports the uplink positioning reference signal to support carrier aggregation, and the data transmission of the UE does not support carrier aggregation.
  • the UE may obtain the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal from the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes one or more of the following: a, transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal, and b, configuration information related to frequency hopping (Frequency hopping, FH).
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes: the configuration of resources occupied by the transmission of the uplink positioning reference signal and/or the configuration of the transmission mode.
  • the resource can be one or more of bandwidth, BWP, RB, and subcarriers.
  • the bandwidth configuration may include one or more of the size of the bandwidth, the location of the bandwidth, a center frequency indication, a raster size, an absolute frequency point number, and the like.
  • the BWP configuration may include one or more of BWP size, BWP location.
  • the RB configuration may include one or more of the number of occupied RBs, the occupied RB positions, and the starting RB positions.
  • the subcarrier configuration may include supported subcarrier spacing.
  • Grid is one of the bandwidth configuration parameters. The grid data is to divide the space into regular grids, and each grid is called a unit. When configuring bandwidth, "grid size” refers to how granular the entire frequency band is divided.
  • the transmission mode includes: whether the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal, or whether the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to the resource capability of the UE's data transmission.
  • the transmission mode includes: whether the uplink positioning reference signal is sequence-generated according to type 1 or sequence-generated according to type 2.
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: scrambling code information for the UE to generate the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the scrambling code information may be one or more of a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set.
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: position information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, information not sent at the same time, not at the same time one or more received.
  • the location information may be the location where the uplink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the location where the uplink positioning reference signal is sent is within a specific time of the SSB. It is stipulated that the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the SSB, so that the UE can quickly realize synchronous tracking, thereby saving power consumption.
  • the period information may be the period of uplink positioning reference signal transmission.
  • the interval information may be the (minimum) interval between two adjacent uplink positioning reference signal transmissions.
  • the density information may be the number of times the uplink positioning reference signal is sent within a specific time range.
  • the reserved guard time information may be the length of time to be reserved before sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time to be reserved after the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, or the length of time to be reserved between two transmissions of the uplink positioning reference signal .
  • the tuning time information may be the switching time after the uplink positioning reference signal is sent to the next time the uplink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the information not to be sent at the same time may be that when the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, it will not send other (one or more) uplink signals.
  • the information not being received at the same time may be the information that when the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, it no longer receives other (one or more) downlink signals.
  • Frequency hopping Frequency hopping, FH
  • the configuration information related to frequency hopping includes one or more of the following:
  • Frequency hopping time domain configuration (one or more of the starting position, interval, period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, and frame/slot configuration).
  • Frequency hopping frequency domain configuration starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop (or one or more of the frequency width occupied by the signal of each hop), the second resource width of each hop (such as for phase One or more of the number of frequency hops in a specific time, frequency resource range of frequency hopping, subcarrier spacing information, and frequency hopping offset. At least one of the values of frequency hopping offset can be The frequency resources of two adjacent uplink positioning reference signals overlap.
  • the maximum number of RBs included in each hop is an integer multiple of 100 (or 50, or 106), or 1/2, 1/4 times.
  • the number of hops on the frequency is that the UE performs frequency hopping transmission several times on the specified frequency; the remaining RBs refers to the number of RBs remaining after the UE transmits all the SRSs in the frequency hopping manner on the specified frequency.
  • the UE may obtain the indication information of the transmission mode of the uplink positioning reference signal from the LMF or the base station (or other communication entity).
  • the first mode the uplink positioning reference signal is to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal according to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the second mode the uplink positioning reference signal is to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal according to the resource capability of the UE for data transmission.
  • the LMF or base station indicates the transmission mode for the UE in the following sets:
  • the LMF or base station indicates the transmission mode for the UE in the following sets:
  • pre-defined transmission methods For example: pre-defined transmission methods.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission exceed or equal to the resource capability of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted without frequency hopping (or without frequency hopping indication), or may be transmitted with frequency hopping (or according to the frequency hopping indication) ).
  • the resource occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission does not exceed the resource capability of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted by frequency hopping (or transmitted according to the frequency hopping instruction).
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission exceed or equal to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to carrier aggregation.
  • the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal is 100MHz
  • the UE may transmit the uplink positioning reference signal in a carrier aggregation manner
  • the occupied spectrum resource may be 100MHz or 200MHz or 300MHz or others.
  • the resource occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission does not exceed the resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to a single carrier.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission may exceed the resource capability of the UE.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission may not exceed the resource capability of the UE.
  • the network can also configure the UE to perform frequency hopping to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal, so as to obtain better positioning performance.
  • the UE can still transmit the uplink positioning reference signal by frequency hopping, thereby obtaining better positioning performance.
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes: transmission bandwidth information.
  • the UE sends the SRS according to the positioning reference signal configuration information received from the LMF or the base station.
  • the embodiments of the present application take the resource being bandwidth as an example to describe the implementation of the embodiments of the present application. However, it should be noted that when the resource has other definitions, it is the same as the protection content belonging to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application take the uplink positioning reference signal as an example to describe the implementation of the embodiments of the present application.
  • other specific signals or channels such as other uplink signals or channels, or other downlink signals or channels
  • PRS positioning downlink
  • the transmission in this embodiment of the present application may be sending and/or receiving; when the transmission on one side of the communication is sending, the transmission of the opposite end device of the communication is receiving.
  • the UE determines the maximum bandwidth of the UE to send the positioning reference signal, and the UE determines the maximum bandwidth of the data transmission, which can effectively avoid a significant increase in the complexity/cost of the UE while ensuring high-precision positioning, and help reduce The power consumption of the UE.
  • the maximum bandwidth of the positioning signal and the data transmission bandwidth of the UE are tightly coupled.
  • the UE determines the maximum bandwidth of the positioning signal, and the UE determines the data transmission bandwidth of the UE, that is, the maximum bandwidth of the UE to send the positioning reference signal is no longer affected. Limited to the data transmission bandwidth of the UE.
  • the second embodiment is directed to the network unit, for example, the network unit may be an LMF or a base station or other communication entities. As shown in Figure 3a, it mainly includes:
  • Step S03 the network unit may obtain (maximum) resource capability information of its uplink positioning reference signal from the UE.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes the maximum bandwidth that the UE can occupy when sending the positioning reference signal on a single carrier, whether the UE supports carrier aggregation CA of the uplink positioning reference signal, the CA that the UE can support for several carriers, and the UE support One or more of the maximum bandwidth after the positioning reference signal CA, the tuning time of the UE, and the like.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may indicate that the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1, and the UE supports sequence generation according to type 2.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may further indicate that the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1, the UE supports sequence generation according to type 2, and the UE supports sequence generation according to type 1 and type 2.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: scrambling code information for the UE to generate the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the scrambling code information may be one or more of a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: position information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, non-simultaneous transmission information, non-simultaneous transmission information, One or more of the messages are received simultaneously.
  • the location information may be the location at which the UE can support the transmission of the uplink positioning reference signal. Such as fixed position or flexible position. Or, the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the SSB. Because the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the SSB, the UE can quickly realize synchronous tracking, thereby saving power consumption.
  • the location information obtained from the UE may be a desired specific time value or range.
  • the period information may be a period of uplink positioning reference signal transmission that the UE can support.
  • the interval information may be the (minimum) interval between two adjacent uplink positioning reference signal transmissions that the UE can support.
  • the frequency hopping information may be whether the UE's uplink positioning reference signal supports frequency hopping, the number of hops in a specific time, the number of RBs occupied by each hop (or the frequency width occupied by the signal per hop), and the second resource of each hop.
  • the density information may be the number of times that the UE transmits the uplink positioning reference signal within a specific time range.
  • the reservation time information may be the length of time that the UE should reserve before sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time that the UE should reserve after sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time that the UE should reserve between sending the uplink positioning reference signal twice. The length of time reserved.
  • the tuning time information may be the handover time from when the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal to the next time it sends the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • Not sending the information at the same time may mean that when the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal, it does not support sending other (one or more) uplink signals.
  • the information not being received at the same time may be that the UE does not support receiving other (one or more) downlink signals when sending the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the network unit may also pre-specify part of the resource capability information of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal.
  • reservation time information is predetermined, or information that is not transmitted at the same time, or information that is not received at the same time is predetermined.
  • the time to be reserved by the UE before or after sending the uplink positioning reference signal is pre-specified.
  • the resource capability of the UE is pre-specified, or the network element may also acquire its resource capability information from the UE.
  • the resource capability information of the UE is the (maximum) resource capability for data transmission. For example, pre-specify the maximum bandwidth of UE data transmission, or pre-specify that UE data transmission does not support CA.
  • Step S04 the network unit may obtain (maximum) resource capability information of its data transmission from the UE.
  • the resource capability information of data transmission includes the maximum bandwidth of UE data transmission, the maximum baseband bandwidth of UE data transmission, the maximum radio frequency bandwidth of UE data transmission, the carrier aggregation CA that UE does not support data transmission, and the UE data transmission can support several carriers CA, UE data transmission supports one or more of the maximum bandwidth after positioning reference signal CA, the tuning time of UE data transmission, etc.
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal of the UE may be greater (or higher) than the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • the (maximum) resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal of the UE may also be no greater than (or not higher than) the (maximum) resource capability of data transmission.
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal obtained from the UE is:
  • the resource capability information of the uplink positioning reference signal obtained from the UE is:
  • the bandwidth of the uplink positioning reference signal obtained from the UE is 100 MHz, and the bandwidth of the UE is 20 MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the uplink positioning reference signal obtained from the UE is N RBs, and the bandwidth of the UE is M RBs, where N>M.
  • the uplink positioning reference signal obtained from the UE supports carrier aggregation, and the data transmission of the UE does not support carrier aggregation.
  • the network element sends the configuration information of its uplink positioning reference signal to the UE.
  • the configuration information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes one or more of the following: a, transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal, and b, configuration information related to frequency hopping.
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal includes the configuration of resources occupied by the transmission of the uplink positioning reference signal and/or the configuration of the transmission mode.
  • the resource can be one or more of bandwidth, BWP, RB, and subcarriers.
  • the bandwidth configuration may include one or more of the size of the bandwidth, the location of the bandwidth, a center frequency indication, a raster size, an absolute frequency point number, and the like.
  • the BWP configuration may include one or more of BWP size, BWP location.
  • the RB configuration may include one or more of the number of occupied RBs, the occupied RB positions, and the starting RB positions.
  • the subcarrier configuration may include supported subcarrier spacing.
  • the transmission mode includes: whether the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal, or whether the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to the resource capability of the UE's data transmission.
  • the transmission mode includes: whether the uplink positioning reference signal is sequence-generated according to type 1 or sequence-generated according to type 2.
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include: scrambling code information for the UE to generate the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the scrambling code information may be one or more of a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set.
  • the transmission information of the uplink positioning reference signal may include one or more of position information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, and tuning time information of the uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the location information may be the location where the uplink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the location where the uplink positioning reference signal is sent is within a specific time of the SSB. It is stipulated that the position where the UE sends the uplink positioning reference signal is within a specific time of the SSB, so that the UE can quickly realize synchronous tracking, thereby saving power consumption.
  • the period information may be the period of uplink positioning reference signal transmission.
  • the interval information may be the (minimum) interval between two adjacent uplink positioning reference signal transmissions.
  • the density information may be the number of times the uplink positioning reference signal is sent within a specific time range.
  • the reserved guard time information may be the length of time to be reserved before sending the uplink positioning reference signal, or the length of time to be reserved after the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, or the length of time to be reserved between two transmissions of the uplink positioning reference signal .
  • the tuning time information may be the switching time after the uplink positioning reference signal is sent to the next time the uplink positioning reference signal is sent.
  • the information not to be sent at the same time may be that when the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, it will not send other (one or more) uplink signals.
  • the information not being received at the same time may be the information that when the uplink positioning reference signal is sent, it no longer receives other (one or more) downlink signals.
  • the configuration information related to frequency hopping includes one or more of the following:
  • Frequency hopping time domain configuration (one or more of the starting position, interval, period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, and frame/slot configuration).
  • Frequency hopping frequency domain configuration starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop (or one or more of the frequency width occupied by the signal of each hop), the second resource width of each hop (such as for phase One or more of the number of frequency hops in a specific time, frequency resource range of frequency hopping, subcarrier spacing information, and frequency hopping offset. At least one of the values of frequency hopping offset can be The frequency resources of two adjacent uplink positioning reference signals overlap.
  • the maximum number of RBs included in each hop is an integer multiple of 100 (or 50, or 106), or 1/2, 1/4 times.
  • the network unit may send the indication information of the transmission mode of the uplink positioning reference signal to the UE.
  • the first mode the uplink positioning reference signal is to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal according to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal.
  • the second mode the uplink positioning reference signal is to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal according to the resource capability of the UE for data transmission.
  • the network element indicates the transmission mode to the UE in the following sets:
  • the network element indicates the transmission mode to the UE in the following sets:
  • pre-defined transmission methods For example: pre-defined transmission methods.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission exceed or equal to the resource capability of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted without frequency hopping (or without frequency hopping indication), or may be transmitted with frequency hopping (or according to the frequency hopping indication) ).
  • the resource occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission does not exceed the resource capability of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted by frequency hopping (or transmitted according to the frequency hopping instruction).
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission exceed or equal to the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to carrier aggregation.
  • the resource capability of the UE's uplink positioning reference signal is 100MHz
  • the UE may transmit the uplink positioning reference signal in a carrier aggregation manner
  • the occupied spectrum resource may be 100MHz or 200MHz or 300MHz or others.
  • the resource occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission does not exceed the resource capability of the uplink positioning reference signal of the UE, and the uplink positioning reference signal is transmitted according to a single carrier.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission may exceed the resource capability of the UE.
  • the resources occupied by the uplink positioning reference signal transmission may not exceed the resource capability of the UE.
  • the network can also configure the UE to perform frequency hopping to transmit the uplink positioning reference signal, so as to obtain better positioning performance.
  • the UE can still transmit the uplink positioning reference signal by frequency hopping, thereby obtaining better positioning performance.
  • the network unit may receive the SRS transmitted by the UE according to the reference signal configuration information.
  • the network unit (such as LMF/base station/other communication entity, etc.) sends the configuration information of its positioning reference signal to the UE, and can indicate or configure the transmission bandwidth, transmission mode, frequency hopping, whether to support CA, etc. , which can effectively avoid greatly increasing the complexity/cost/power consumption of the UE while meeting the needs of different positioning services.
  • the network unit (for example, LMF/base station/other communication entity, etc.) sends the configuration information about the positioning reference signal to the UE, including the indication of the transmission bandwidth and transmission mode, the joint capability reporting of the SRS bandwidth and frequency hopping, and the start of the details.
  • Such fine-grained and flexible configuration is not currently performed for SRS configuration information.
  • FIG. 4 shows a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 takes the communication device terminal device 400 as an example.
  • the terminal device 400 may include: a transceiver module 401 and a processing module 402 .
  • a transceiver module configured to transmit first capability information to a first network device, where the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a first number of resources to send and/or receive first information, the the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the transceiver module is configured to transmit second capability information to the second network device, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most using a second quantity of resources to send and/or receive the second information,
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information;
  • a processing module configured to acquire first configuration information, wherein the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number;
  • the processing module is configured to acquire second configuration information, wherein the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the first number is greater than the second number.
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set, the second quantity is predefined, and at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity; or,
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to a second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than the second quantity
  • the first quantity belongs to a first quantity set
  • the second quantity belongs to a second quantity set
  • at least one quantity in the first quantity set is greater than all quantities in the second quantity set
  • the first number is predefined, the second number is predefined, and the first number is greater than the second number; or,
  • the first number is predefined, the second number is predefined, and the first number is not greater than the second number.
  • the resources are: bandwidth, resource block, carrier, subband, frequency range, frequency band, frequency band, subcarrier interval, bandwidth part BWP, frequency hopping interval, and frequency hopping times within a specific time range. one or more of.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send third capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the third capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information using a maximum of M carriers, where M is a positive integer.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send fourth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device does not support the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information, or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the second information using a maximum of N carriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the N is less than the M; or,
  • the N is not greater than the M.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send fifth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the fifth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm and supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm;
  • the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send sixth capability information to the first network device or the second network device;
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following information: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time, receive information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes: the configuration of the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information sending and/or receiving said first information; or,
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to a first algorithm, or generates the first information according to a second algorithm, wherein the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, Not sending information at the same time, not receiving information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following: whether to enable frequency hopping, frequency hopping time domain configuration, and frequency hopping frequency domain configuration;
  • the frequency hopping time domain configuration includes at least one of the following: a starting position, an interval, a period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, a configuration of a frame or a time slot;
  • the frequency hopping frequency domain configuration includes at least one of the following: the starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop, the number of hops on the frequency corresponding to a specific time, and the frequency resource range of the frequency hopping. , subcarrier spacing information, frequency hopping offset.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, hopping frequency ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, hopping frequency ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a predefined sending and/or receiving manner
  • the predefined sending and/or receiving methods include at least one of the following:
  • the amount of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or equals the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a frequency-free manner;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping method, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping frequency instructing to send and/or receive the first information;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the first number, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a carrier aggregation manner;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a single-carrier manner.
  • the first network device is a positioning server
  • the second network device is a base station
  • the first network device and the second network device are the same base station.
  • FIG. 5 shows a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a network device, a device in the network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with the network device.
  • FIG. 5 shows that the communication device is a network device 500 as an example.
  • the network device 500 may include: a transceiver module 501 and a processing module 502 .
  • the processing module is configured to receive the first capability information transmitted by the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the first capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most sending and/or receiving using a first number of resources first information, the first information includes a reference signal;
  • the processing module is configured to receive the second capability information transmitted by the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the second capability information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports at most the use of a second number of resources to send and/or or receiving second information, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following: data and control information;
  • the processing module configured to send first configuration information to the terminal device through the transceiver module, the first configuration information is that the number of resources configured by the first information is not greater than the first number;
  • the processing module is configured to send second configuration information to the terminal device through the transceiver module, wherein the second configuration information is that the quantity of resources configured by the second information is not greater than the second quantity.
  • the first number is greater than the second number.
  • the processing module is configured to receive the third capability information sent by the terminal device through the transceiver module;
  • the third capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the first information using a maximum of M carriers, where M is a positive integer.
  • the processing module is configured to receive the fourth capability information sent by the terminal device through the transceiver module;
  • the fourth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device does not support the use of carrier aggregation to send and/or receive the second information, or,
  • the terminal device supports sending and/or receiving the second information using a maximum of N carriers, where N is a positive integer.
  • the processing module is configured to receive the fifth capability information sent by the terminal device through the transceiver module;
  • the fifth capability information is used to indicate:
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm; or,
  • the terminal device supports generating the first information according to the first algorithm and supports generating the first information according to the second algorithm;
  • the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the processing module is configured to receive, through the transceiver module, the sixth capability information sent by the terminal device;
  • the sixth capability information includes at least one of the following information: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, reservation time information, tuning time information, not sending information at the same time, not sending information at the same time, receive information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes:
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information sending and/or receiving said first information; or,
  • the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information includes: the terminal device generates the first information according to a first algorithm, or generates the first information according to a second algorithm, wherein the first algorithm and the second algorithm are different algorithms.
  • the first configuration information includes: information of sending and/or receiving the first information
  • the information for sending and/or receiving the first information includes at least one of the following: scrambling code information, location information, period information, interval information, frequency hopping information, density information, guard time information, tuning time information, Not sending information at the same time, not receiving information at the same time;
  • the scrambling code information includes at least one of the following: a scrambling code range and a scrambling code value set;
  • the location information is the sending location and/or the receiving location of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the cycle information is a sending cycle and/or a receiving cycle of the first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the interval information is a sending interval and/or a receiving interval of two adjacent first information that the terminal device can support;
  • the frequency hopping information is whether the terminal device supports frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information, the number of hops, sending and/or receiving of the first information within a specific time period
  • the number of resource blocks RBs occupied by the first information in each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop for sending and/or receiving the first information, and the frequency hopping offset for sending and/or receiving the first information one or more of the frequency resource range of shifting, transmitting and/or receiving the first information in a frequency hopping manner, and subcarrier spacing information transmitting and/or receiving the first information;
  • the density information is the number of times the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information within a specific time range
  • the reservation time information is the length of time that the terminal device should reserve before sending and/or receiving the first information, or the terminal device should reserve after sending and/or receiving the first information The length of time, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between sending the first information twice, or the length of time that the terminal device should reserve between receiving the first information twice;
  • the tuning time information is the switching time from when the terminal device finishes sending the first information once to sending the first information next time, or when the terminal device receives the first information next time after receiving the first information once. information switching time;
  • the not sending information at the same time means that when the terminal device sends the first information, it does not support re-sending other information except the first information;
  • the not receiving information at the same time means that when the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device does not support receiving other information except the first information.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following: whether to enable frequency hopping, frequency hopping time domain configuration, and frequency hopping frequency domain configuration;
  • the frequency hopping time domain configuration includes at least one of the following: a starting position, an interval, a period, the number of symbols occupied by each hop, a configuration of a frame or a time slot;
  • the frequency hopping frequency domain configuration includes at least one of the following: the starting RB position, the number of RBs occupied by each hop, the resource width corresponding to each hop, the number of hops on the frequency corresponding to a specific time, and the frequency resource range of the frequency hopping. , subcarrier spacing information, frequency hopping offset.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, hopping frequency ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the manner of sending and/or receiving the first information is one of the following: ⁇ first mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, hopping frequency ⁇ , ⁇ second mode, no frequency hopping ⁇ , ⁇ first mode, frequency hopping ⁇ ;
  • the first mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the first capability information
  • the second mode is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the second capability information
  • the non-frequency hopping means that the terminal device does not support frequency hopping to send and/or receive the first information
  • the frequency hopping is that the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a manner that supports frequency hopping.
  • the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to a predefined sending and/or receiving manner
  • the predefined sending and/or receiving methods include at least one of the following:
  • the amount of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or equals the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a frequency-free manner;
  • the number of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the second amount, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping method, or the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the frequency hopping frequency instructing to send and/or receive the first information;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information exceeds or is equal to the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information according to the carrier aggregation mode;
  • the quantity of resources occupied by sending and/or receiving the first information does not exceed the first quantity, and the terminal device sends and/or receives the first information in a single-carrier manner.
  • each functional module in each embodiment of this application may be integrated into one processing unit. In the device, it can also exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules.
  • an apparatus 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or a device in the terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with the terminal device.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the apparatus 600 includes at least one processor 620, configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 620 may receive information such as downlink control information, configuration information of a control resource set, and the like, and parse the above information. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 600 may also include at least one memory 630 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 630 is coupled to processor 620 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 620 may cooperate with memory 630 .
  • Processor 620 may execute program instructions stored in memory 630 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor
  • the apparatus 600 may also include a communication interface, which can be implemented in multiple ways.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an interface, a bus, a circuit, a pin, or a device capable of transmitting and receiving functions.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver.
  • 610 illustrates that the transceiver 610 is used to communicate with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 600 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be a network device.
  • the processor 620 uses the transceiver 610 to send and receive data, and is configured to implement the communication method performed by the terminal device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 1 .
  • the specific connection medium between the transceiver 610, the processor 620, and the memory 630 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 630, the processor 620, and the transceiver 610 are connected through a bus 640 in FIG. 6.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 6, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 6, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • an apparatus 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application is used to implement the function of the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the device may be a network device, or a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with the network device.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the apparatus 700 includes at least one processor 720, configured to implement the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 720 may generate and send information such as downlink control information, configuration information of a control resource set, etc. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which will not be repeated here.
  • the apparatus 700 may also include at least one memory 730 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 730 is coupled to processor 720 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 720 may cooperate with memory 730.
  • Processor 720 may execute program instructions stored in memory 730 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the apparatus 700 may also include a communication interface, which can be implemented in multiple ways.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an interface, a bus, a circuit, or a device capable of transmitting and receiving functions.
  • the communication interface is used as an example for the transceiver 710. It is illustrated that the transceiver 710 is used to communicate with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the device used in the device 700 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be a terminal device.
  • the processor 720 uses the transceiver 710 to send and receive data, and is configured to implement the method performed by the network device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 1 .
  • the specific connection medium between the transceiver 710, the processor 720, and the memory 730 is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 730, the processor 720, and the transceiver 710 are connected through a bus 740 in FIG. 7.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 7, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, which can implement or
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or may also be a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (RAM).
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of implementing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a terminal device, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that includes one or more available media integrated.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, digital video discs (DVDs)), or semiconductor media, and the like.
  • the embodiments may refer to each other.
  • the methods and/or terms between the method embodiments may refer to each other, such as the functions and/or the device embodiments.
  • terms may refer to each other, eg, functions and/or terms between an apparatus embodiment and a method embodiment may refer to each other.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种通信方法和通信装置，其中,一种通信方法，包括：终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；所述终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；所述终端设备获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；所述终端设备获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。

Description

一种通信方法和通信装置 技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。
背景技术
目前，5G系统中存在增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)用户设备(user equipment，UE)，另外，由于物联网业务(如可穿戴、工业传感器、视频监控)对终端设备的低成本、低复杂性诉求，提出了一种降低能力(reduced capability，RedCap)UE，该类型UE被称为低复杂度(或低能力、或低成本)UE。对比于eMBB UE，RedCap UE具有低设备复杂度、低设备尺寸中的一种或多种特点。
基于前述说明，不同类型的UE具有不同的需求，目前没有相关技术适用于RedCap UE与不同网络设备的通信问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法和通信装置，终端设备实现独立的上报支持发送和/或接收的参考信号的能力信息，解决了支持发送和/或接收参考信号的终端设备的通信问题。
为解决上述技术问题，本申请实施例提供以下技术方案：
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；所述终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；所述终端设备获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；所述终端设备获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
在上述技术方案中，终端设备可以和至少一个网络设备建立通信连接。例如终端设备向网络设备上报的多个能力信息。终端设备可以向一个网络设备上报多个能力信息，或者，终端设备向不同网络设备分别上报多个能力信息。例如终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号；终端设备向第二网络设备(第二网络设备与第一网络设备可以是同一网络设备)传送第二能力信息，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。终端设备获取第一配置信息，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量；终端设备获取第二配置信息，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收参考信号，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息上报终端设备 至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收参第二信息，从而避免终端设备按照第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而降低了终端设备的复杂度和节省终端设备的功耗开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
在上述技术方案中，第一数量是第一能力信息中指示的资源数量，第二数量是第二能力信息中指示的资源数量，第一能力信息用于请求第一信息(例如第一信息是参考信号)对应的资源，第二能力信息用于请求第二信息(例如第二信息是数据、控制信息)对应的资源，则第一数量大于第二数量，即终端设备可以请求较多的资源用于发送参考信号，并且请求较少的资源用于发送数据。因此可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量是预定义的，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量集合中的所有数量；或，
所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量不大于所述第二数量。
在上述技术方案中，第一数量和第二数量是终端设备单独确定的。例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量是预定义的，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，第二数量是终端设备预先定义的，例如终端设备预先定义第二数量的带宽是20MHz或40MHz，或5MHz，或者预先定义第二数量的带宽是51个资源块(或106个资源块，或11个资源块。第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量。本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合和第二数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组 成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第二数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第二数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如，第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量集合中的所有数量。本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合和第二数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第二数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第二数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量集合中的所有数量，因此第一数量能够大于第二数量，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，第一数量和第二数量的具体取值是可以预先定义的，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息指示第一数量是否生效，另外，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息指示第二数量是否生效。需要说明的是，终端设备可以单独配置第一能力信息，单独配置第二能力信息。当第一数量大于第二数量时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。当第一数量不大于第二数量时，定位参考信号的传输带宽能力可以小于数据传输的带宽能力，可以不用全带宽发送定位参考信号，能够有效降低UE功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述资源是：带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、带宽部分BWP、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数中的一种或多种。
在上述技术方案中，本申请实施例中定义的资源有多种实现方式，例如资源可以是带宽，或者资源可以是资源块等。本申请实施例不做限定。对于带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、BWP、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数的相关概念说明，此处不再展开说明。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第三能力信息；
其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
在上述技术方案中，第三能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。例如第三能力信息可以是1个比特的指示信息，通过该指示信息指示指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。另外，第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收第一信息，M是正整数。例如M的取值可以是第三能力信息中携带的。其中，终端设备使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收第一信息，是指终端设备的最大使用载波的能是M个载波。终端设备通过发送上述第三能力信息，可以使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定终端设备是否使用载波聚合的能力，以及使用多少个载波进行聚合的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第四能力信息；
其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
在上述技术方案中，第四能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第二信息。例如第四能力信息可以是1个比特的指示信息，通过该指示信息指示指示终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第二信息。另外，第四能力信息用于指示终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收第二信息，N是正整数。例如N的取值可以是第四能力信息中携带的。其中，终端设备使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收第二信息，是指终端设备的最大使用载波的能是N个载波。终端设备通过发送上述第四能力信息，可以使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定终端设备不使用载波聚合的能力，以及使用多少个载波进行聚合的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述N小于所述M；或，
所述N不大于所述M。
在上述技术方案中，当N小于M时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。N不大于M，即N小于M，或者N＝M。当N小于M时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求，当N＝M时，定位参考信号的传输带宽能力等于数据传输的带宽能力，简化了定位参考信号的传输带宽和数据传输的带宽的配置方式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第五能力信息；
其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
在上述技术方案中，本申请实施例的算法可以是序列生成的方法。不同算法生成的序列个数、或序列内容不完全相同。例如，第一算法生成序列时用到的序列ID是在{0，…，1023}范围。例如，第二算法生成序列时用到的序列ID是在{0，…，65535}范围。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第六能力信息；
其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
在上述技术方案中，终端设备获取第六能力信息，该第六能力信息具有多种实现方式，例如第六能力信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息。终端设备通过上述第六能力信息，终端设备可以向第一网络设备指示该终端设备在扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息的能力。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
在上述技术方案中，终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式的配置，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信 息；
其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
在上述技术方案中，终端设备获取第一配置信息，该第一配置信息具有多种实现方式，例如发送和/或接收第一信息的信息，例如发送第一信息的信息，或者接收第一信息的信息。发送和/或接收第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息。终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳 对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
在上述技术方案中，是否使能跳频可以是使能跳频，或者不使能跳频。另外，第一配置信息还可以包括跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置，从而终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的跳频信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
在上述技术方案中，可以预先定义发送和/或接收第一信息的方式有多种，例如该方式可以包括：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}，第一配置信息可以指示上述方式的中其中一种方式，终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
在上述技术方案中，可以预先定义发送和/或接收第一信息的方式有多种，例如该方式可以包括：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}，第一配置信息可以指示上述方式的中其中一种方式，终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
在上述技术方案中，可以预先定义上述多种发送和/或接收的方式，在每种方式中可以设置触发条件，该触发条件可以根据第一信息所占用的资源数量、第一数量和第二数量设置的条件，在满足相应的触发条件下，终端设备按照预先定义的方式发送和/或接收第一信息，从而终端设备通过上述预先定义的方式，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的跳频信息和载波聚合信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一网络设备是定位服务器，所述第二网络设备是基站；或者，
所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备是同一个基站。
第二方面，本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法，包括：
网络设备接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第三能力信息；
其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第四能力信息；
其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第五能力信息；
其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第六能力信息；
其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不 同的算法。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息；
其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
第三方面，本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为终端设备，所述通信装置包括：
收发模块，用于向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述收发模块，用于向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
处理模块，用于获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述处理模块，用于获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
在本申请的第三方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以执行前述第一方面以及各种可能 的实现方式中所描述的步骤，详见前述对第一方面以及各种可能的实现方式中的说明。
第四方面，本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，所述通信装置为网络设备，所述通信装置包括：处理模块和收发模块，其中，
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
在本申请的第四方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以执行前述第二方面以及各种可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤，详见前述对第二方面以及各种可能的实现方式中的说明。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括：终端设备和网络设备，其中，
所述终端设备，用于执行前述第一方面中任一项所述的方法；
所述网络设备，用于执行前述第二方面中任一项所述的方法；
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括：终端设备、第一网络设备和第二网络设备，其中，
所述终端设备，用于执行前述第一方面中任一项所述的方法；
所述第一网络设备，用于接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述第二网络设备，用于接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
所述第一网络设备，用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述第二网络设备，用于向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
第七方面，提供一种装置，该装置可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，或是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中，该装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块，该模块可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中，该装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。
第八方面，提供一种装置，该装置可以是网络设备，也可以是网络设备中的装置，或是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中，该装置可以包括执行第二方面中所描述 的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块，该模块可以是硬件电路，也可是软件，也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中，该装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种装置，所述装置包括处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法。可选的，所述装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时，可以实现上述第一方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信，示例性的，通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口，其它设备可以为网络设备。在一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
处理器，用于利用通信接口，执行前述第一方面中的步骤中，此处不再具体限定。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种装置，所述装置包括处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法。可选的，所述装置还可以包括存储器，用于存储指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合，所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时，可以实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口，所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信，示例性的，通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口，其它设备可以为终端设备。在一种可能的设备中，该装置包括：
存储器，用于存储程序指令；
处理器，用于利用通信接口，执行前述第二方面中的步骤中，此处不再具体限定。
第十一方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面至第二方面任一方面所述的方法。
第十二方面，本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面至第二方面任一方面所述的方法。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器和通信接口，还可以包括存储器，用于实现上述第一方面至第二方面任一方面所述的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括第一方面所述的装置、和第二方面所述的装置。
从以上技术方案可以看出，本申请实施例具有以下优点：
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备和第一网络设备、第二网络设备的交互流程方框示意图；
图2a为本申请实施例提供的载波聚合的应用场景示意图；
图2b为本申请实施例提供的载波聚合的应用场景示意图；
图3a为本申请实施例提供的UE和基站之间的一种交互流程的示意图；
图3b为本申请实施例提供的基站配置第一资源和第二资源的示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的组成结构示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的组成结构示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的组成结构示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的组成结构示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法和通信装置，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收参考信号，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收参第二信息，从而避免终端设备按照第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而降低了终端设备的复杂度和节省终端设备的功耗开销。
下面结合附图，对本申请的实施例进行描述。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、5G移动通信系统、6G移动通信系统、无线保真(wireless-fidelity，WiFi)系统、未来的通信系统、或多种通信系统融合的系统等，本申请实施例不做限定。其中，5G还可以称为新无线(new radio，NR)。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信场景，例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种：增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)、高可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable and low latency communications，URLLC)以及海量机器类通信(massive machine type communications，mMTC)、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信、车辆外联(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信、车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)通信、和物联网(internet of things，IoT)等。
在无线通信系统中包括通信设备(通信设备又可以称为通信装置)，通信设备间可以利用空口资源进行无线通信。其中，通信设备可以包括网络设备和终端设备，网络设备还可以称为网络侧设备。空口资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码资源和空间资源中的至少一个。在本申请实施例中，至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个，多个可以是两个、三个、四个或更多个，本申请实施例不做限制。例如无线通信系统包括两个通信设备，分别为网络设备和终端设备。另外，本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统还可以包括三个通信设备，分别为第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。
在本申请实施例中，“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中，A，B可以是单数或复数。为了便于描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请实施例中可以采用“第一”、“第二”、“A”、“B”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”、“A”、“B”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”、“A”、“B”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请实施例中，“示例性的”或“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明，被描述为“示例性的”或“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念，便于理解。
本申请实施例涉及到的终端设备还可以称为终端，可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设 备，其可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；或可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；或可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球或卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment，UE)，其中，UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地，UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。或终端设备可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中，用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备，也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在终端设备中，或该装置可以和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例中，以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例，来具体描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
在mMTC场景下的终端设备可以是降低能力(reduced capbility，REDCAP)终端设备。其中，REDCAP终端设备还可以被称为轻型(light)终端设备。例如，NR系统中的REDCAP终端设备相对于传统的终端设备能力更低，例如该REDCAP终端设备相对于传统的终端设备具有以下特点中的一种或多种：支持更窄的带宽、配置的天线数更少、支持的最大发射功率更小、支持更低的双工能力(例如传统的终端设备支持全双工频分双工，REDCAP终端设备支持半双工频分双工)、和数据处理能力更弱(例如相同时间内REDCAP终端设备相比于传统的终端设备可以处理的数据更少，或处理相同数据时REDCAP终端设备相比于传统的终端设备处理时间更长)，因此REDCAP终端设备和传统的终端设备可能需要不同的系统信息、专有的接入网络、和/或不同性能的控制信道等。其中，传统的终端设备可以是非REDCAP终端设备，该非REDCAP终端设备主要支持eMBB业务和/或URLLC业务。相对REDCAP终端设备，传统的终端设备可以看作是高能力终端设备或能力不受限的终端设备。可选地，传统的终端设备可以被替换为未来引进的、相对REDCAP终端设备是高能力的终端设备。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的mMTC用户设备可以包括RADCAP终端设备。例如mMTC用户设备可以是低复杂度用户设备,或窄带宽用户设备,或物联设备，或低端智能手持终端。其中，mMTC用户设备支持的最大带宽小于100MHz。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的mMTC用户设备不只是机器类通信的设备，也可以是智能手持终端。
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备可以是基站(base station，BS)，基站是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备。其中，基站可能有多种形式，比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地，本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G移动通信系统中的基站或LTE中的基站，其中，5G移动通信系统中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)或gNB。本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中，或该装置可以和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例，来具体描述本申请实施 例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备可以是定位服务器。其中，定位服务器是可以对终端设备进行定位的网络单元。例如定位服务器根据终端设备的位置能力信息为终端设备提供位置服务。例如该定位服务器可以是位置管理功能(location management function，LMF)或者是其它提供定位服务的功能实体。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。通信设备间的无线通信可以包括：网络设备和终端设备间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备间的无线通信、或终端设备和终端设备间的无线通信。其中，在本申请实施例中，术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”，术语“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。该技术方案可用于进行调度实体和从属实体间的无线通信，其中，调度实体可以为从属实体分配资源。本领域技术人员可以将本申请实施例提供的技术方案用于进行其它调度实体和从属实体间的无线通信，例如宏基站和微基站之间的无线通信。
本申请实施例提出一种通信方法，适用于终端设备和至少一个网络设备之间的通信场景，可以为不同类型的终端设备提供适用该种类型的终端设备的定位服务的资源。例如可以为REDCAP终端设备提供适用该REDCAP终端设备的定位服务的，从而满足各种类型的终端设备的通信需求，例如，REDCAP终端设备和传统终端设备支持的带宽不同，或者REDCAP终端设备和传统终端设备支持的聚合等级(aggregation level，AL)不同，或者，REDCAP终端设备和传统终端设备支持的候选控制信道的数目不同。本申请实施例中终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号；终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。终端设备获取第一配置信息，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量；终端设备获取第二配置信息，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收参考信号，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收参第二信息，从而避免终端设备按照第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而降低了终端设备的复杂度和节省终端设备的功耗开销。
本申请实施例中传送(transfer)可以理解为传递或者上报。发送(send)是指终端设备向网络设备发送信息。例如，发送参考信号，或者发送数据，或者发送控制信息。此处的数据可以是物理共享信道承载的数据，参考信号不属于数据。
本申请实施例中涉及终端设备和至少一个网络设备的通信。例如终端设备可以和一个网络设备进行通信，例如该网络设备可以是基站或者其它为终端设备提供定位服务和通信服务的通信实体。本申请实施例中终端设备可以向网络设备上报多个能力信息。本申请实施例中，终端设备向网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号；终端设备向网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。 本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收参考信号，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收参第二信息，从而避免终端设备按照第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而降低了终端设备的复杂度和节省终端设备的功耗开销。
本申请实施例中涉及终端设备和至少一个网络设备的通信。例如终端设备可以和两个网络设备进行通信，例如终端设备分别与第一网络设备、第二网络设备分别进行通信，该第一网络设备和第二网络设备是不同的两个网络设备。例如第一网络设备是定位服务器，该定位服务器可以为终端设备提供定位服务。第二网络设备可以是基站，基站可以为终端设备提供通信服务。本申请实施例中，上述第一网络设备和第二网络设备还可以是同一个网络设备。例如该网络设备可以是基站。后续实施例中以终端设备分别与第一网络设备、第二网络设备分别进行通信进行示例说明。
本申请实施例中涉及第一信息的发送和/或接收，以及第二信息的发送和/或接收。具体的，涉及多种应用场景。例如终端设备发送第一信息、且发送第二信息。例如终端设备发送第一信息、且接收第二信息，例如终端设备接收第一信息、且发送第二信息。例如终端设备接收第一信息、且接收第二信息。本申请实施例中对于第一信息的发送和/或接收，以及第二信息的发送和/或接收不做限定。后续实施例以第一信息的发送、第二信息的发送为例进行说明。
请参阅图1所示，为本申请实施例提供的网络设备和终端设备之间的一种交互流程示意图。在该交互流程中，步骤101至步骤104从终端设备一侧进行说明，步骤111和步骤113从第一网络设备一侧进行说明，步骤112和步骤114从第二网络设备一侧进行说明。图1所示的交互流程主要包括如下步骤：
101、终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号。
本申请实施例中，终端设备使用资源进行信息的发送和/或接收，终端设备请求网络设备分配资源，终端设备上报该终端设备的能力信息，网络设备基于该终端设备的能力信息为终端设备分配资源。
具体的，终端设备使用资源进行第一信息的发送和/或接收。终端设备请求网络设备分配资源，终端设备向第一网络设备上报该终端设备的第一能力信息。第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号。其中，本申请实施例中参考信号可以是上行参考信号，例如上行参考信号可以是探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)。又如，参考信号也可以是下行参考信号。例如，下行参考信号可以是定位参考信号(positioning reference signal，PRS)。需要说明的是，第一信息除了包括参考信号，还可以包括其它类型的信息，例如第一信息可以是适用于特定场景下的控制信号。
其中，终端设备生成第一能力信息，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息。终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源是指该终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息支持的最大资源。例如终端设备最多只能使用的资源数量是第一数量，即终端设备的最大能力是使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，终 端设备不能使用超过第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，本申请实施例中的数量可以理解为数目或个数。此时，第一数量的资源即为第一数目个资源。例如，当资源是资源块(resource block，RB)时，第一数量的资源是第一数目个资源块。例如，当子载波间隔为120kHz(例如FR2频段)时，第一数量的带宽是66个资源块(或132个资源块，或264个资源块)。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例的另一些实施方式中，本申请实施例中的数量还可以理解为大小(即size)。此时，第一数量的资源即为第一大小的资源。例如，当资源是带宽时，第一数量的资源是第一大小的带宽。例如，第一数量的带宽是100MHz或200MHz，或300MHz。
111、第一网络设备接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号。
其中，终端设备和第一网络设备之间建立通信连接，终端设备向第一网络设备发送第一能力信息，则第一网络设备接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，第一网络设备解析该第一能力信息。其中，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，从而第一网络设备可以获取到终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息能够使用的最大资源的能力。
可选的，本申请实施例中，第一信息包括参考信号。例如，参考信号是上行参考信号。例如，上行参考信号是：探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)、或上行定位探测参考信号(positioning sounding reference signal，pos-SRS)。例如，参考信号是下行参考信号。例如，下行参考信号是下行定位参考信号(positioning reference signal，PRS)，信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal，CSI-RS)，同步信号和物理广播信道块(synchronization signal and PBCH(physical Broadcast Channel)Block，SSB)。其中，定位探测参考信号pos-SRS或探测参考信号SRS用于(与终端设备进行通信的)对端设备对终端设备进行定位。探测参考信号SRS还可用于通信的对端设备进行信道测量。
102、终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。
终端设备使用资源进行信息的发送和/或接收，终端设备请求网络设备分配资源，终端设备上报该终端设备的能力信息，网络设备基于该终端设备的能力信息为终端设备分配资源。
具体的，终端设备使用资源进行第二信息的发送和/或接收。终端设备请求网络设备分配资源，终端设备向第二网络设备上报该终端设备的第二能力信息。第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息。第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。其中，数据可以是承载于物理共享信道的数据，控制信息可以是承载于物理控制信道的控制信息。
可选的，本申请实施例中，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。例如，第二信息是物理共享信道承载的数据。物理共享信道可以是物理上行共享信道和/或物理下行共享信道。控制信息可以是物理控制信道承载的信息。物理控制信道可以是物理上行控制信道和/或物理下行控制信道。进一步地，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，第二信息还可以包括探测参考信号。
例如，第一信息是定位探测参考信号，第二信息是数据。例如，第一信息是定位探测参考信号，第二信息是数据、探测参考信号。
在本申请的一些实施例中，第二信息不包括参考信号。本申请实施例中针对不同类型的信息，终端设备单独上报与该信息相对应的能力信息，终端设备根据信息是否为参考信号可以分为两类，例如第一信息包括参考信号，第二信息不包括参考信号。则终端设备可以针对第一信息和第二信息，分别上报与第一信息对应的第一能力信息、与第二信息对应的第二能力信息。
另外需要说明的是，参考信号与数据是不相同的，且参考信号与控制信息是不相同的。
需要说明的是，本申请不限定步骤101和102的先后顺序。另外，第一能力信息的生成不依赖于第二能力信息的生成，同样的，第二能力信息的生成不依赖于第一能力信息的生成。为了示例说明，图1中以先执行步骤101，再执行步骤102进行举例说明，但不作为对本申请实施例的限定。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，本申请实施例中的数量可以理解为数目或个数。此时，第一数量的资源即为第一数目个资源，第二数量的资源即为第二数目个资源。例如，当资源是资源块时，第一数量的资源是第一数目个资源块，第二数量的资源是第二数目个资源块。例如，当子载波间隔为30kHz时(FR1频段)，第二数量的带宽是51个资源块(或106个资源块，或11个资源块)。例如，当子载波间隔为120kHz时(FR2频段)，第一数量的带宽是66个资源块(或132个资源块，或264个资源块)。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，本申请实施例中的数量还可以理解为大小(即size)。此时，第一数量的资源即为第一大小的资源，第二数量的资源即为第二大小的资源。例如，当资源是带宽时，第一数量的资源是第一大小的带宽，第二数量的资源是第二大小的带宽。例如，第二数量的带宽是20MHz或40MHz，或5MHz。例如，第一数量的带宽是100MHz或200MHz，或300MHz。
接下来对第一能力信息和第二能力信息做出如下说明，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送第一信息，即为：第一能力信息指示了第一数量，第一数量的资源是终端设备支持的发送第一信息的最大带宽。
第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送第二信息，即为：第二能力信息指示了第二数量，第二数量的资源是终端设备支持的(发送第二信息的)最大带宽。
112、第二网络设备接收终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。
其中，终端设备和第二网络设备之间建立通信连接，终端设备向第二网络设备发送第 二能力信息，则第二网络设备接收终端设备传送的第二能力信息，第二网络设备解析该第二能力信息，其中，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而第二网络设备可以获取到终端设备发送和/或接收第二信息能够使用的最大资源的能力。
需要说明的是，本申请不限定步骤111和步骤112的先后顺序。
113、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，可选的，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量。
本申请实施例中，第一网络设备可以根据第一信息确定第一配置信息，具体的，第一网络设备执行前述步骤111，第一网络设备获取终端设备传送的第一能力信息，第一网络设备解析该第一能力信息，其中，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，从而第一网络设备可以获取到终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息能够使用的最大资源的能力。第一网络设备可以为第一信息配置资源，例如第一网络设备针对终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息的资源进行配置，第一网络设备生成第一配置信息，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量，该第一数量是第一网络设备通过解析第一能力信息得到，或者根据第一能力信息的指示得到。
例如，第一配置信息可以包含在无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)、媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)信令、下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)中的一种或多种，或者第一配置信息可以包含在定位服务设备给终端设备的信令中，例如该定位服务设备为第一网络设备。
需要特别说明的是，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式。第一信息的方式为：根据终端设备的带宽(即第二数量的带宽)，进行第一信息的发送和/或接收。或者，第一信息的方式为：根据第一数量的带宽，进行第一信息的发送和/或接收。
根据终端设备的带宽进行第一信息的发送和/或接收，可以理解为终端设备按照标准对第一类型的终端设备规定的机制，进行第一信息的发送和/或接收。其中，第一类型的终端设备的带宽等于第二数量的带宽。例如，第一类型的终端设备可以是能力降低型设备，如第二数量的带宽可以是5MHz，或20MHz。
根据第一数量的带宽进行第一信息的发送和/或接收，可以理解为终端设备按照标准对第二类型的终端设备规定的机制，进行第一信息的发送和/或接收。其中，第二类型的终端设备的带宽大于第一类型的终端设备的带宽。例如，第二类型的终端设备可以是增强移动宽带设备，如第一数量的带宽可以是5MHz，或20MHz，或40MHz，或100MHz。
在本申请的一些实施例中，第一网络设备配置的第一配置信息不会超过终端设备上报的第一能力信息，例如，终端设备上报的定位探测参考信号的带宽为100MHz，第一网络设备配置的定位探测参考信号的传输带宽不会超过100MHz，例如第一网络设备配置的定位探测参考信号的传输带宽为20MHz，或40MHz，或80MHz，或100MHz。
103、终端设备获取第一配置信息，可选的，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备上报第一能力信息之后，终端设备可以获取第一配置信 息，第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收第一信息的资源配置。第一配置信息包括为第一信息配置的资源指示，例如第一配置信息指示了为第一信息配置的资源数量，则为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量。即终端设备获取到为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量。
例如，终端设备可以从第一网络设备获取到第一配置信息，从而终端设备可以获取到为第一信息配置的资源数量不大于第一数量。
114、第二网络设备向终端设备发送第二配置信息，可选的，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。
本申请实施例中，第二网络设备可以根据第二信息确定第二配置信息，具体的，第二网络设备执行前述步骤112，第二网络设备获取终端设备传送的第二能力信息，第二网络设备解析该第二能力信息，其中，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，从而第二网络设备可以获取到终端设备发送和/或接收第二信息能够使用的最大资源的能力。第二网络设备可以为第二信息配置资源，例如第二网络设备针对终端设备发送和/或接收第二信息的资源进行配置，第二网络设备生成第二配置信息，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量，该第二数量是第二网络设备通过解析第二能力信息得到，或者根据第二能力信息的指示得到。
例如，第二配置信息可以是RRC信令、MAC信令、DCI中的一种或多种，或者第二配置信息可以包含在定位服务设备给终端设备的信令中，例如该地定位服务设备为第二网络设备。本申请实施例中的配置也可以理解为分配，或调度。
104、终端设备获取第二配置信息，可选的，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备上报第二能力信息之后，终端设备可以获取第二配置信息，第二配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收第二信息的资源配置。第二配置信息包括为第二信息配置的资源指示，例如第二配置信息指示了为第二信息配置的资源数量，则为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。即终端设备获取到为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。
需要说明的是，103和104的顺序也不限定，113和114的顺序不限定。
例如，终端设备可以从第二网络设备获取到第二配置信息，从而终端设备可以获取到为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。
在本申请的一些实施例中，第一数量大于第二数量。
其中，第一数量是第一能力信息中指示的资源数量，第二数量是第二能力信息中指示的资源数量，第一能力信息用于请求第一信息(例如第一信息是参考信号)对应的资源，第二能力信息用于请求第二信息(例如第二信息是数据、控制信息)对应的资源，则第一数量大于第二数量，即终端设备可以请求较多的资源用于发送参考信号，并且请求较少的资源用于发送数据。因此可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。
本申请实施例中，增加射频带宽不会对UE的成本有明显的提升，但UE的成本会随着其数据传输(后续简称为数传)的带宽能力(即基带带宽)明显增加。因此本申请实施例中 在提升定位性能的同时，有效避免大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本。
在本申请的一些实施例中，第一数量属于第一数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量；或，
第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量是预定义的，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量；或，
第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量；或，
第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量集合中的所有数量；或，
第一数量是预定义的，第二数量是预定义的，且第一数量大于第二数量；或，
第一数量是预定义的，第二数量是预定义的，且第一数量不大于第二数量。
其中，但是第一数量和第二数量是终端设备单独确定的。例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量是预定义的，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，第二数量是终端设备预先定义的，例如终端设备预先定义第二数量的带宽是20MHz或40MHz，或5MHz，或者预先定义第二数量的带宽是51个资源块(或106个资源块，或11个资源块。第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量。本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合和第二数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第二数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第二数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量，因此第一数量存在能够大于第二数量的可能性，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如，第一数量属于第一数量集合，第二数量属于第二数量集合，第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量集合中的所有数量。本申请实施例中对于第一数量集合和第二数量集合的实现方式不做限定，例如第一数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第一数量集合中的数量。第二数量集合中可以包括一个组成元素，或者包括多个组成元素，该组成元素是构成第二数量集合中的数量。第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于第二数量集合中的所有数量，因此第一数量能够大于第二数量，第一数量的具体取值此处不做限定。
例如，第一数量是预定义的，第二数量是预定义的，且第一数量大于第二数量。
例如，第一数量是预定义的，第二数量是预定义的，且第一数量不大于第二数量。
本申请实施例中，第一数量和第二数量的具体取值是可以预先定义的，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息指示第一数量是否生效，另外，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息指示第二数量是否生效。需要说明的是，终端设备可以单独配置第一能力信息，单独配置第二能力信息。当第一数量大于第二数量时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。当第一数量不大于第二数量时，定位参考信号的传输带宽能力可以小于数据传输的带宽能力，可以不用全带宽发送定位参考信号，能够有效降低UE功耗。
在本申请的一些实施例中，资源是：带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、带宽部分(band width，BWP)、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数中的一种或多种。本申请实施例中定义的资源有多种实现方式，例如资源可以是带宽，或者资源可以是资源块等。本申请实施例不做限定。对于带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、BWP、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数的相关概念说明，此处不再展开说明。
在本申请的一些实施例中，可选的，本申请实施例提供的通信方法除了执行前述步骤，还包括如下步骤：
A1、终端设备向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第三能力信息；
A2、第一网络设备或第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第三能力信息；
其中，第三能力信息用于指示：
终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息，和/或，
终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收第一信息，M是正整数。
其中，上述第三能力信息可以是终端设备通过RRC信令发送的。上述第三能力信息可以与前述的第一能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第三能力信息还可以与前述的第一能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。另外，上述第三能力信息可以与前述的第二能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第三能力信息还可以与前述的第二能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。第三能力信息的具体实现方式，取决于应用场景，此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，第三能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。例如第三能力信息可以是1个比特的指示信息，通过该指示信息指示指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。另外，第三能力信息用于指示终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收第一信息，M是正整数。例如M的取值可以是第三能力信息中携带的。其中，终端设备使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收第一信息，是指终端设备的最大使用载波的能是M个载波。终端设备通过发送上述第三能力信息，可以使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定终端设备是否使用载波聚合的能力，以及使用多少个载波进行聚合的能力。
接下来对载波聚合做出如下说明，在本申请实施例的一些实施方式中，终端设备可以通过跳频、或载波切换、或载波聚合、或联合跳频和载波切换、或联合跳频和载波聚合实 现在更大的频率资源内发送第一信息。例如，终端设备能够在最大100MHz单载波对应的资源上发送定位参考信号，从而实现更高精度的定位。
例如，不同载波之间有重叠，那么终端设备可以通过载波(CC)切换实现在更大的频率资源上发送定位探测参考信号。按照这样的方法，不需要终端设备具备按照载波聚合的方式发送定位探测参考信号，从而降低了UE设备的复杂度。如图2a所示，假设有3个载波，分别为CC 1、CC 2、和CC 3，其中，每个载波是100MHz，不同载波之间有重叠。UE按照联合跳频和载波切换的方法，可以在近300MHz的频率资源上发送定位探测参考信号，从而保持终端设备的低复杂度，即不需要具备按照载波聚合的方式发送定位探测参考信号的能力，还能够实现更高精度的定位。
又如，不同载波之间没有重叠，那么终端设备可以通过联合跳频和载波聚合的方式实现在更大的频率资源上发送定位探测参考信号。如图2b所示，假设有3个载波，分别为CC 1、CC 2、和CC 3。其中，CC 2与CC 1、CC 3有重叠，假设每个载波是100MHz，不同载波之间没有重叠，因此需要进行载波聚合。例如，UE按照联合跳频和载波聚合的方法，可以在近300MHz的频率资源上发送定位探测参考信号，从而实现更高精度的定位。
在本申请的一些实施例中，可选的，本申请实施例提供的通信方法除了执行前述步骤，还包括如下步骤：
B1、终端设备向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第四能力信息；
B2、第一网络设备或第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第四能力信息；
其中，第四能力信息用于指示：
终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第二信息，或，
终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收第二信息，N是正整数。
其中，上述第四能力信息可以是终端设备通过RRC信令发送的。上述第四能力信息可以与前述的第一能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第四能力信息还可以与前述的第一能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。另外，上述第四能力信息可以与前述的第二能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第四能力信息还可以与前述的第二能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。第四能力信息的具体实现方式，取决于应用场景，此处不做限定。
本申请实施例中，第四能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第二信息。例如第四能力信息可以是1个比特的指示信息，通过该指示信息指示指示终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收第二信息。另外，第四能力信息用于指示终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收第二信息，N是正整数。例如N的取值可以是第四能力信息中携带的。其中，终端设备使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收第二信息，是指终端设备的最大使用载波的能是N个载波。终端设备通过发送上述第四能力信息，可以使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备确定终端设备不使用载波聚合的能力，以及使用多少个载波进行聚合的能力。
进一步的，在本申请的一些实施例中，N小于M；或，
N不大于M。
其中，当N小于M时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实 现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。N不大于M，即N小于M，或者N＝M。当N小于M时，可以避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求，当N＝M时，定位参考信号的传输带宽能力等于数据传输的带宽能力，简化了定位参考信号的传输带宽和数据传输的带宽的配置方式。
在本申请的一些实施例中，可选的，本申请实施例提供的通信方法除了执行前述步骤，还包括如下步骤：
C1、终端设备向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五能力信息；
C2、第一网络设备或第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第五能力信息；
其中，第五能力信息用于指示：
终端设备支持根据第一算法生成第一信息；或，
终端设备支持根据第二算法生成第一信息；或，
终端设备支持根据第一算法和支持根据第二算法生成第一信息；
其中，第一算法和第二算法是不同的算法。
其中，上述第五能力信息可以是终端设备通过RRC信令发送的。上述第五能力信息可以与前述的第一能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第五能力信息还可以与前述的第一能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。另外，上述第五能力信息可以与前述的第二能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第五能力信息还可以与前述的第二能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。第五能力信息的具体实现方式，取决于应用场景，此处不做限定。
其中，本申请实施例的算法可以是序列生成的方法。不同算法生成的序列个数、或序列内容不完全相同。例如，第一算法生成序列时用到的序列ID是在{0，…，1023}范围。例如，第二算法生成序列时用到的序列ID是在{0，…，65535}范围。
在本申请的一些实施例中，可选的，本申请实施例提供的通信方法除了执行前述步骤，还包括如下步骤：
D1、终端设备向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第六能力信息；
D2、第一网络设备或第二网络设备接收终端设备发送的第六能力信息；
其中，第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
位置信息是终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
周期信息是终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
间隔信息是终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
跳频信息是终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息、发送和/或接收第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
密度信息是终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收第一信息的次数；
预留时间信息是终端设备在发送和/或接收第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在发送和/或接收第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
调谐时间信息是终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
不同时发送信息是终端设备在发送第一信息时，不支持再发送除第一信息以外的其他信息；
不同时接收信息是终端设备在接收第一信息时，不支持接收除第一信息以外的其他信息。
其中，上述第六能力信息可以是终端设备通过RRC信令发送的。上述第六能力信息可以与前述的第一能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第六能力信息还可以与前述的第一能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。另外，上述第六能力信息可以与前述的第二能力信息在同一条信令中发送，第六能力信息还可以与前述的第二能力信息通过不同的信令单独发送，此处不做限定。第六能力信息的具体实现方式，取决于应用场景，此处不做限定。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收第一信息的方式的配置；
发送和/或接收第一信息的方式包括：终端设备根据第一能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息，或，终端设备根据第二能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息；或，
发送和/或接收第一信息的方式包括：终端设备根据第一算法生成第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成第一信息，其中，第一算法和第二算法是不同的算法。
其中，终端设备获取第一配置信息，该第一配置信息具有多种实现方式，例如发送和/或接收第一信息的方式的配置，例如发送第一信息的方式的配置，或者接收第一信息的方式的配置。该发送和/或接收第一信息的方式包括：终端设备根据第一能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息，或，终端设备根据第二能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息，即通过发送和/或接收第一信息的方式指示了根据第一能力信息，或者第二能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息。终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式的配置，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
另外，发送和/或接收第一信息的方式包括：终端设备根据第一算法生成第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成第一信息，即通过发送和/或接收第一信息的方式指示了根据第一算法或者第二算法生成。本申请实施例中对于生成第一信息所采用的具体算法不做限定。终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式的配置，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收第一信息的信息；
其中，发送和/或接收第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、 不同时接收信息；
扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
位置信息是终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
周期信息是终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
间隔信息是终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
跳频信息是终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息、发送和/或接收第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
密度信息是终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收第一信息的次数；
预留时间信息是终端设备在发送和/或接收第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在发送和/或接收第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
调谐时间信息是终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
不同时发送信息是终端设备在发送第一信息时，不支持再发送除第一信息以外的其他信息；
不同时接收信息是终端设备在接收第一信息时，不支持接收除第一信息以外的其他信息。
需要说明的是，第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收第一信息的信息，针对上述的多种配置方式，具体可以结合应用场景确定。其中，终端设备获取第一配置信息，该第一配置信息具有多种实现方式，例如发送和/或接收第一信息的信息，例如发送第一信息的信息，或者接收第一信息的信息。发送和/或接收第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息。终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
其中，跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
其中，是否使能跳频可以是使能跳频，或者不使能跳频。另外，第一配置信息还可以包括跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置，从而终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的跳频信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收第一信息的 方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
其中，第一模式是终端设备根据第一能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息；
第二模式是终端设备根据第二能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息；
不跳频是终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息；
跳频是终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。
其中，可以预先定义发送和/或接收第一信息的方式有多种，例如该方式可以包括：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}，第一配置信息可以指示上述方式的中其中一种方式，终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可以理解的是，在上述实现方式中，还可以预先定义默认的配置方式为{第一模式，跳频}，那么当第一配置信息没有指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式时，可以按照默认的配置方式{第一模式，跳频}实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
例如，第一配置信息可以为2比特的指示信息，其中，指示信息为01指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式为{第一模式，不跳频}，指示信息为10指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式为{第二模式，跳频}，指示信息为11指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式为{第二模式，不跳频}。不限定的是，指示信息默认为00，指示信息为00指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式为{第一模式，跳频}，或者发送和/或接收第一信息的方式可以默认为{第一模式，跳频}，那么在不发送指示信息的时候，终端设备默认以{第一模式，跳频}的方式发送和/或接收第一信息，以预留一种指示状态。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
其中，第一模式是终端设备根据第一能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息；
第二模式是终端设备根据第二能力信息发送和/或接收第一信息；
不跳频是终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息；
跳频是终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。
其中，可以预先定义发送和/或接收第一信息的方式有多种，例如该方式可以包括：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}，第一配置信息可以指示上述方式的中其中一种方式，终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的方式，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收第一信息；
其中，预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
发送和/或接收第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于第二数量，终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息；
发送和/或接收第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过第二数量，终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收第一信息，或终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收第一信息；
发送和/或接收第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于第一数量，终端设备根据载波聚 合的方式发送和/或接收第一信息；
发送和/或接收第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过第一数量，终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收第一信息。
其中，可以预先定义上述多种发送和/或接收的方式，在每种方式中可以设置触发条件，该触发条件可以根据第一信息所占用的资源数量、第一数量和第二数量设置的条件，在满足相应的触发条件下，终端设备按照预先定义的方式发送和/或接收第一信息，从而终端设备通过上述预先定义的方式，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的跳频信息和载波聚合信息，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一能力信息包括如下至少一种：
终端设备在单个载波上传输第一信息时能够占用的最大带宽、终端设备支持第一信息进行载波聚合后的最大带宽、终端设备的调谐时间。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第二能力信息包括如下至少一种：
终端设备进行第二信息传输的最大带宽、终端设备进行第二信息传输的最大基带带宽、终端设备进行第二信息传输的最大射频带宽、终端设备进行第二信息传输支持载波聚合后的最大带宽、终端设备进行载波聚合传输的调谐时间。
可选的，在本申请的一些实施例中，第一配置信息包括：第一信息发送和/或接收所占用的资源配置；
资源配置包括如下至少一种：带宽配置、带宽部分BWP配置、资源块RB配置、子载波配置；
其中，带宽配置包括如下至少一种：带宽的大小、带宽的位置、中心频率指示、栅格大小、绝对频点号；
BWP配置包括如下至少一种：BWP大小、BWP位置；
RB配置包括如下至少一种：第一信息占用RB的个数、第一信息占用的RB位置、第一信息占用的起始RB位置；
子载波配置包括：终端设备传输第一信息时支持的子载波间隔。
其中，其中，终端设备获取第一配置信息，该第一配置信息具有多种实现方式，例如第一信息发送和/或接收所占用的资源配置。资源配置包括如下至少一种：带宽配置、带宽部分BWP配置、资源块RB配置、子载波配置。终端设备通过上述第一配置信息，可以获取到发送和/或接收第一信息所采用的资源配置，实现终端设备发送和/或接收第一信息。
通过前述实施例的举例说明可知，终端设备可以和至少一个网络设备建立通信连接。例如终端设备和第一网络设备、第二网络设备分别建立通信连接，终端设备可以向至少一个网络设备分别上报不同的能力信息，从而实现终端设备向网络设备上报多个能力信息，即终端设备可以独立向一个网络设备上报不同的能力信息，或者，终端设备向不同网络设备分别上报不同的能力信息，例如终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，第一能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，第一信息包括参考信号；终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，第二能力信息用于指示终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息。终端设备获取第一配置信息，第一配置信息为第一信息配置的资源数量不 大于第一数量；终端设备获取第二配置信息，第二配置信息为第二信息配置的资源数量不大于第二数量。本申请实施例中，终端设备可以通过第一能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收参考信号，终端设备可以通过第二能力信息上报终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收参第二信息，从而终端设备实现独立的上报支持发送和/或接收的参考信号的能力信息，解决了支持发送和/或接收参考信号的终端设备的通信问题。
接下来以详细的应用场景例进行说明。
本申请实施例可应用于在避免通过大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗的前提下，实现终端设备(如RedCap UE)的高精度定位需求。
本申请实施例中，UE确定UE发送定位参考信号能用的最大资源(称“第一资源”)能力，UE确定数据传输(后续简称为数传)的最大资源(称“第二资源”)能力，该UE是不同于正常UE的一种新形态的UE。第一资源可以大于第二资源，从而实现高精度定位和低复杂度的好处。示例性的说明如下：例如，“定位参考信号的传输带宽能力”不受限于“数据传输的带宽能力”，对定位参考信号的载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)能力和数传的CA能力有不同的配置等。具体地：
1)“定位参考信号的传输带宽能力”可以大于“数据传输的带宽能力”，例如，RedCap UE的数据传输的带宽能力为20MHz，其定位参考信号的传输带宽能力可以为40MHz或者60MHz或者80MHz或者100MHz；或者，“定位参考信号的传输带宽能力”也可以小于等于“数据传输的带宽能力”。
2)在上行定位参考信号可以支持CA的情况下，UE的数传(上行发送或下行接收)可以不支持CA。
本申请实施例应用于5G的定位场景，涉及到网元有：LMF、基站(如gNB/ng-eNB)、UE。
本申请实施例应用于5G的定位场景，涉及到的网元的功能包括：
1)、LMF发送LTE定位协议(LTE Positioning Protocol，LPP)消息给UE，UE根据LPP消息的指示完成相应操作，根据情况上报位置测量信息给LMF。该过程涉及的网元有：LMF和UE。
2)、、涉及gNB/ng-eNB发送无线资源控制RRC消息或MAC控制元素(control element，CE)给UE，UE根据RRC消息或MAC CE的指示完成相应操作，根据情况上报确认消息给gNB/ng-eNB。涉及的网元有：gNB/ng-eNB和UE。
本申请实施例中涉及UE和网络单元的交互，首先从UE侧进行说明。
UE向网络单元(LMF/基站/其他通信实体)上报其上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力信息。UE向网络单元上报其数据传输的(最大)资源能力信息。UE可以从网络单元获取上行定位参考信号的配置信息。UE按照从网络单元处接收到的定位参考信号配置信息发送SRS。
其中，UE上报的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力可以大于(或高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。当然，UE上报的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力也可以不大于(或不高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。
接下来从网络单元(LMF/基站/其他通信实体)侧进行说明。
网络单元可以从UE获取其上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力信息。
网络单元可以从UE获取其数据传输的(最大)资源能力信息。
网络单元可以从UE获取其上行定位参考信号的配置信息。
网络单元可以按照参考信号配置信息接收UE传输的探测参考信号SRS。
在基于5G核心网的定位架构中，LMF负责支持有关目标UE的不同类型的位置服务，包括对UE的定位和向UE传递辅助数据，其控制面和用户面分别是增强服务移动位置中心(Enhanced Serving Mobile Location Centre，E-SMLC)和安全用户面定位平台(Secure User Plane Location(SUPL)Location Platform，SLP)。LMF可能与ng-eNB/gNB和UE进行信息交互。
其中，交互的信息可以是LMF与ng-eNB/gNB之间通过NRPPa(NR Positioning Protocol Annex)消息进行信息交互，例如获取PRS配置信息、SRS配置信息、小区定时信息、小区位置信息等。NRPPa为5G系统中的LMF与基站之间的信令协议，NRPPa消息是LMF与基站之间进行信令/信息交互的消息载体。
另外，交互的信息可以是与UE之间通过LTE定位协议(LTE Positioning Protocol，LPP)消息进行UE能力信息传递、辅助信息传递、测量信息传递等。辅助用户进行测量或者位置计算等的信息。
在基于5G核心网的定位架构中，接入及移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function，AMF)可以从位置服务(LoCation Services，LCS)实体接收与目标UE相关的位置服务请求，或者AMF本身也可代表特定目标UE启动一些位置服务，并将位置服务请求转发给LMF。当得到UE返回的位置信息后，AMF将相关位置信息返回给LCS实体。其中，LCS为核心网外部与核心网交互定位业务的管理模块。
在基于5G核心网的定位架构中，gNB/ng-eNB可以为目标UE提供测量信息，并将此信息传达给LMF。
接下来以两个实施例对本申请实施例涉及的应用场景进行说明，实施例一从UE侧进行说明，实施例二从网络设备侧进行说明。如图3a所示，步骤S01和S02由UE执行，步骤S03和S04由网络设备执行。
本实施例一
为了提高定位精度，UE可以在更多(或更大)的资源上发送定位参考信号，但考虑到避免大幅度增加UE的成本，UE只能在较少(或较小)的资源上与对侧设备进行通信或者进行数据传输。即UE发送定位参考信号能用的资源可以大于UE与对侧设备进行通信或者进行数据传输时能够使用的最大资源。
因为UE只能在较少(或较小)的资源上与对侧设备进行通信或者进行数据传输，其基带处理的能力的复杂度较低。例如，基带处理可以包括数据处理、控制信道处理、信道估计、信道测量、多天线信号处理等。例如，数据处理可以包括：下行数据的接收、译码、检测；上行数据的生成、编码、成型等。但UE可以在更多(或更大)的资源上发送定位参考信号，从而使得UE具备高精度定位能力的同时，不会使得UE的最大基带处理能力与UE的上行定位参考信号支持的最大资源相匹配(如相同，或相当)，从而使UE能够实现低复杂度或低成本。并且UE只能在较少(或较小)的资源上与对侧设备进行通信或者进行数据传输， 其功耗开销得到降低，从而实现低功耗。
需要说明的是，上述的资源可以是带宽、子带、一个或多个资源块构成的资源、一个或多个载波资源、频率范围、频带、频段、一种或多种子载波间隔、子载波间隔数、或带宽部分BWP、跳频间隔、跳频的跳数等中的一种或多种。
因此，本申请实施例UE确定UE发送定位参考信号能用的最大资源(称“第一资源”)能力，UE确定数据传输的最大资源(称“第二资源”)能力，该UE是不同于正常UE的一种新形态的UE。第一资源可以大于第二资源，从而实现高精度定位和低复杂度的好处。如图3b所示，给出了UE的第一资源是100MHz，第二资源是20MHz的示意图。
具体地，UE可以向LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)上报其上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力信息。下面对实施例一的关键特征进行说明：
步骤S01、UE向LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)上报其上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息包括：UE在单个载波上发送定位参考信号时能够占用的最大带宽、UE是否支持上行定位参考信号的载波聚合CA、UE能够支持几个载波的CA、UE支持定位参考信号CA后的最大带宽、UE的调谐时间等中的一种或多种。主要考虑跳频定位的场景，在进行下一次跳频时，因为需要调整载波的中心频率，因此需要一定的硬件调整时间，称之为“调谐时间”。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以指示：UE支持按照类型1进行序列生成，或者UE支持按照类型2进行SRS序列生成。或者，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息还可以指示：UE支持按照类型1进行序列生成，或者UE支持按照类型2进行序列生成，或者UE支持按照类型1和类型2进行序列生成。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以包括：UE生成上行定位参考信号的扰码信息。扰码信息可以是扰码范围，扰码取值集合中的一种或多种。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以包括：UE生成上行定位参考信号的位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息中的一种或多种。
位置信息可以是UE能够支持的上行定位参考信号发送的位置。如固定位置或灵活位置。或者，UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在同步信号块SSB的一个特定时间内。因为UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内，UE可以快速地实现同步跟踪，从而节省功耗。UE可以上报期望的特定时间值或范围。
周期信息可以是UE能够支持的上行定位参考信号发送的周期。
间隔信息可以是UE能够支持的两次相邻的上行定位参考信号发送的(最小)间隔。
跳频信息可以是UE的上行定位参考信号是否支持跳频、特定时间内的跳数、每一跳的占据的资源块RB数(或每一跳信号占用的频率宽度)、每一跳的第二资源宽度、跳频偏移、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种。跳频偏移的取值中至少有一个取值能够使得两次相邻的上行定位参考信号的频率资源有重叠。第一资源带宽：UE发送定位参考信号能用的最大资源对应的带宽；第二资源带宽：数据传输的最大资源对应的带宽。
密度信息可以是UE在特定的时间范围内发送上行定位参考信号的次数。
预留时间信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号前要预留的时间长度，或UE在发送上行定位参考信号后要预留的时间长度，或UE在发送两次上行定位参考信号之间要预留的时间长度。
调谐时间信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号后到下一次发送上行定位参考信号的切换时间。
不同时发送信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，不支持再发送其他的(一种或多种)上行信号。
不同时接收信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，不支持接收其他的(一种或多种)下行信号。
当然也可以预先规定UE的上行定位参考信号的部分资源能力信息，这样UE就不需要上报预先规定的资源能力信息。例如，预先规定预留时间信息，或者预先规定不同时发送的信息，或者预先规定不同时接收的信息。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号前或后时，其要预留的时间。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不能再发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH和/或物理上行控制信道PUCCH。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不能再接收PDSCH和/或PDCCH。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB之后的n个ms内。如n＝5，或n＝10。
具体地，预先规定UE的资源能力，或者UE还可以向LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)上报UE的资源能力信息。例如，UE的资源能力信息是数据传输的(最大)资源能力。例如，预先规定UE数据传输的最大带宽，或预先规定UE数据传输不支持CA。例如：
步骤S02、UE向LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)上报其数据传输的(最大)资源能力信息。
例如，数据传输的资源能力信息包括UE数据传输的最大带宽、UE数据传输的最大基带带宽、UE数据传输的最大射频带宽、UE不支持数据传输的载波聚合CA、UE数据传输能够支持几个载波的CA、UE数据传输支持定位参考信号CA后的最大带宽、UE数据传输的调谐时间等中的一种或多种。
最大带宽是指UE数据传输的最大带宽。
接下来对最大基带带宽和最大射频带宽进行说明，先解释“基带带宽”和“射频带宽”。
基带带宽是信源(信息源，也称发终端)发出的没有经过调制(进行频谱搬移和变换)的原始电信号所固有的频带(频率带宽)，称为基本频带，简称基带。射频带宽是基带信号经过调制(进行频谱搬移和变换)的频带(频率带宽)。
本申请实施例中，最大数据传输带宽＝最大基带带宽<＝最大射频带宽。
需要说明的是，UE上报的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力可以大于(或高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。当然，UE上报的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力也可以不大于(或不高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。
如图3b所示，给出了UE向LMF或基站上报其上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息和UE的资源能力信息的示意图。
下面给出几个示例性说明。
例如：
UE上报上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息为:
{带宽(RB)：ENUMERATED{n50，n100，n200，n300，n400，…}。
SCS:{15KHz，30KHz，…}。
CA info}。
例如：
UE上报上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息为:
{带宽(MHz)：ENUMERATED{n10，n20，n40，n60，n100，n200，…}。
SCS:{15KHz，30KHz，…}}。
例如：UE上报上行定位参考信号的带宽为100MHz，UE的带宽是20MHz。
例如：UE上报上行定位参考信号的带宽为N个RB，UE的带宽是M个RB，其中N>M。
例如：UE上报上行定位参考信号支持载波聚合，UE的数据传输不支持载波聚合。
UE可以从LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)获取上行定位参考信号的配置信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的配置信息包括以下的一种或多种：a、上行定位参考信号的传输信息，b、跳频(Frequency hopping，FH)相关的配置信息。
a、上行定位参考信号的传输信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括：上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源配置和/或传输方式的配置。
如前所述，资源可以是带宽、BWP、RB、子载波中的一种或多种。带宽配置可以包括带宽的大小、带宽的位置、中心频率指示、栅格(raster)大小、绝对频点号等中的一种或多种。BWP配置可以包括BWP大小、BWP位置中的一种或多种。RB配置可以包括占用RB的个数、占用的RB位置、起始RB位置中的一种或多种。子载波配置可以包括支持的子载波间隔。“栅格”是带宽配置参数中的一种，栅格数据就是将空间分割成有规律的网格，每一个网格称为一个单元。在进行带宽配置时，“栅格大小”是指将整个频带划分成多大的颗粒度。
例如，传输方式包括：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输，还是按照UE的数据传输的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
例如，传输方式包括：上行定位参考信号是按照类型1进行序列生成，还是按照类型2进行序列生成。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括可以包括：UE生成上行定位参考信号的扰码信息。扰码信息可以是扰码范围，扰码取值集合中的一种或多种。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括可以包括：上行定位参考信号的位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息中、不同时发送信息、不同时接收的一种或多种。
位置信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送的位置。例如，发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内。规定UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内，这样UE可以快速地实现同步跟踪，从而节省功耗。
周期信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送的周期。
间隔信息可以是两次相邻的上行定位参考信号发送的(最小)间隔。
密度信息可以是在特定的时间范围内发送上行定位参考信号的次数。
预留保护时间信息可以是发送上行定位参考信号前要预留的时间长度，或发送上行定位参考信号后要预留的时间长度，或发送两次上行定位参考信号之间要预留的时间长度。
调谐时间信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送后到下一次发送上行定位参考信号的切换时间。
不同时发送信息可以是在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不再发送其他的(一种或多种)上行信号的信息。
不同时接收信息可以是在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不再接收其他的(一种或多种)下行信号的信息。
b、跳频(Frequency hopping，FH)相关的配置信息。
例如，跳频相关的配置信息包括以下的一种或多种：
使能/去使能跳频。
跳频时域配置(起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧/时隙(slot)的配置中的一种或多种)。
跳频频域配置(起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数(或每一跳信号占用的频率宽度中的一种或多种)、每一跳的第二资源宽度(如用于相位估计)、特定时间内频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移中的一种或多种。跳频偏移的取值中至少有一个取值能够使得两次相邻的上行定位参考信号的频率资源有重叠。
跳频传输时：例如，对于FR1，其每一跳包含的最大RB数是100(或50，或106)的整数倍，或1/2、1/4倍。例如，对于，其第一跳的起始RB取值是{0，…，X-1}；其中X是根据频率上的有几跳、余数RB、载波带宽、BWP大小size，子载波间隔SCS中的一种或多种确定。特别地，X＝19，或X＝49。其中，频率上的有几跳在指定的频率上UE进行几次跳频发送；余数RB是指UE在指定的频率上一跳频方式发送完所有SRS后还剩几个RB。
或者，UE可以从LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)获取上行定位参考信号的传输方式的指示信息。
例如：定义如下的第一模式和第二模式：
第一模式：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
第二模式：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的数据传输的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
例如，LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)在以下集合中为UE指示传输方式：
{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}。
例如，LMF或基站(或其他通信实体)在以下集合中为UE指示传输方式：
{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}。
例如：预先定义传输方式。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过或等于UE的资源能力，上行定位参考信号进行无跳频传输(或无跳频指示)，也可以进行跳频传输(或根据跳频指示进行传输)。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源不超过UE的资源能力，上行定位参考信号进行跳频传输(或根据跳频指示进行传输)。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过或等于UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力，上行定位参考信号按照载波聚合进行传输。例如，UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力为100MHz，UE可按照载波聚合方式传输上行定位参考信号，占用频谱资源可以为100MHz或者200MHz或者300MHz或者其它。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源不超过UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力，上行定位参考信号按照单载波进行传输。
上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源可以超过UE的资源能力。取决于基站的配置，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源也可以不超过UE的资源能力。特别地，即使上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过UE的资源能力，网络还可以配置UE进行跳频发送上行定位参考信号，从而获得更好的定位性能。特别地，即使上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过UE的资源能力，UE还可以跳频发送上行定位参考信号，从而获得更好的定位性能。
上行定位参考信号的配置信息，包括：传输带宽信息。
UE按照从LMF或基站处接收到的定位参考信号配置信息发送SRS。
如无特别说明，本申请实施例以资源是带宽作为例子来阐述本申请实施例的实施。但需要说明的是资源有其他定义时，同于属于本申请实施例的保护内容。
如无特别说明，本申请实施例以上行定位参考信号作为例子来阐述本申请实施例的实施。但需要说明的是可以用其他特定的信号或信道(如其他上行信号或信道，或其他下行信号或信道)替代本申请实施例中的上行定位参考信号，这也属于本申请实施例的保护内容。PRS，定位下行。
本申请实施例中的传输可以是发送和/或接收；通信的一侧传输是发送时，通信的对端设备的传输是接收。
本实施例一UE确定UE发送定位参考信号的最大带宽，以及UE确定数传的最大带宽，能够在保证高精度定位的同时，有效避免大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本，并且有助于降低UE的功耗。
目前中定位信号的最大带宽与UE的数传带宽是紧耦合的，本实施例一UE确定定位信号的最大带宽，UE确定UE的数传带宽，即UE发送定位参考信号的最大带宽不再受限于UE的数传带宽。
实施例二
本实施例二针对网络单元，例如，网络单元可以是LMF或基站或其他通信实体。如图3a所示，主要包括：
步骤S03、网络单元可以从UE获取其上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息包括UE在单个载波上发送定位参考信号时能够占用的最大带宽、UE是否支持上行定位参考信号的载波聚合CA、UE能够支持几个载波的CA、UE支持定位参考信号CA后的最大带宽、UE的调谐时间等中的一种或多种。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以指示：UE支持按照类型1进行序列生成，UE支持按照类型2进行序列生成。或者，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息还可以指示： UE支持按照类型1进行序列生成，UE支持按照类型2进行序列生成，UE支持按照类型1和类型2进行序列生成。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以包括：UE生成上行定位参考信号的扰码信息。扰码信息可以是扰码范围，扰码取值集合中的一种或多种。
例如，上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息可以包括：UE上行定位参考信号的位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息中的一种或多种。
位置信息可以是UE能够支持的上行定位参考信号发送的位置。如固定位置或灵活位置。或者，UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内。因为UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内，UE可以快速地实现同步跟踪，从而节省功耗。从UE获取的位置信息可以是期望的特定时间值或范围。
周期信息可以是UE能够支持的上行定位参考信号发送的周期。
间隔信息可以是UE能够支持的两次相邻的上行定位参考信号发送的(最小)间隔。
跳频信息可以是UE的上行定位参考信号是否支持跳频、特定时间内的跳数、每一跳的占据的RB数(或每一跳信号占用的频率宽度)、每一跳的第二资源宽度、跳频偏移、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种。跳频偏移的取值中至少有一个取值能够使得两次相邻的上行定位参考信号的频率资源有重叠。
密度信息可以是UE在特定的时间范围内发送上行定位参考信号的次数。
预留时间信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号前要预留的时间长度，或UE在发送上行定位参考信号后要预留的时间长度，或UE在发送两次上行定位参考信号之间要预留的时间长度。
调谐时间信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号后到下一次发送上行定位参考信号的切换时间。
不同时发送信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，不支持再发送其他的(一种或多种)上行信号。
不同时接收信息可以是UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，不支持接收其他的(一种或多种)下行信号。
或者，网络单元也可以预先规定UE的上行定位参考信号的部分资源能力信息。例如，预先规定预留时间信息，或者预先规定不同时发送的信息，或者预先规定不同时接收的信息。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号前或后时，其要预留的时间。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不能再发送PUSCH和/或PUCCH。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不能再接收PDSCH和/或PDCCH。例如，预先规定UE在发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB之后的n个ms内。如n＝5，或n＝10。
具体地，预先规定UE的资源能力，或者网络单元还可以从UE获取其资源能力信息。例如，UE的资源能力信息是数据传输的(最大)资源能力。例如，预先规定UE数据传输的最大带宽，或预先规定UE数据传输不支持CA。例如：
步骤S04、网络单元可以从UE获取其数据传输的(最大)资源能力信息。
例如，数据传输的资源能力信息包括UE数据传输的最大带宽、UE数据传输的最大基 带带宽、UE数据传输的最大射频带宽、UE不支持数据传输的载波聚合CA、UE数据传输能够支持几个载波的CA、UE数据传输支持定位参考信号CA后的最大带宽、UE数据传输的调谐时间等中的一种或多种。
需要说明的是，UE的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力可以大于(或高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。当然，UE的上行定位参考信号的(最大)资源能力也可以不大于(或不高于)数据传输的(最大)资源能力。
下面给出几个示例性说明。
例如：
从UE获取的上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息为:
{带宽(RB)：ENUMERATED{n50，n100，n200，n300，n400，…}。
SCS:{15KHz，30KHz，…}
CA info}
例如：
从UE获取的上行定位参考信号的资源能力信息为:
{带宽(MHz)：ENUMERATED{n10，n20，n40，n60，n100，n200，…}
SCS:{15KHz，30KHz，…}}
例如：从UE获取的上行定位参考信号的带宽为100MHz，UE的带宽是20MHz。
例如：从UE获取的上行定位参考信号的带宽为N个RB，UE的带宽是M个RB，其中N>M。
例如：从UE获取的上行定位参考信号支持载波聚合，UE的数据传输不支持载波聚合。
网络单元向UE发送其上行定位参考信号的配置信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的配置信息包括以下的一种或多种：a、上行定位参考信号的传输信息和b、跳频相关的配置信息。
a、上行定位参考信号的传输信息。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源配置和/或传输方式的配置。
如前所述，资源可以是带宽、BWP、RB、子载波中的一种或多种。带宽配置可以包括带宽的大小、带宽的位置、中心频率指示、栅格(raster)大小、绝对频点号等中的一种或多种。BWP配置可以包括BWP大小、BWP位置中的一种或多种。RB配置可以包括占用RB的个数、占用的RB位置、起始RB位置中的一种或多种。子载波配置可以包括支持的子载波间隔。
例如，传输方式包括：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输，还是按照UE的数据传输的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
例如，传输方式包括：上行定位参考信号是按照类型1进行序列生成，还是按照类型2进行序列生成。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括可以包括：UE生成上行定位参考信号的扰码信息。扰码信息可以是扰码范围，扰码取值集合中的一种或多种。
例如，上行定位参考信号的传输信息包括可以包括：上行定位参考信号的位置信息、 周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息中的一种或多种。
位置信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送的位置。例如，发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内。规定UE发送上行定位参考信号的位置是在SSB的一个特定时间内，这样UE可以快速地实现同步跟踪，从而节省功耗。
周期信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送的周期。
间隔信息可以是两次相邻的上行定位参考信号发送的(最小)间隔。
密度信息可以是在特定的时间范围内发送上行定位参考信号的次数。
预留保护时间信息可以是发送上行定位参考信号前要预留的时间长度，或发送上行定位参考信号后要预留的时间长度，或发送两次上行定位参考信号之间要预留的时间长度。
调谐时间信息可以是上行定位参考信号发送后到下一次发送上行定位参考信号的切换时间。
不同时发送信息可以是在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不再发送其他的(一种或多种)上行信号的信息。
不同时接收信息可以是在发送上行定位参考信号时，其不再接收其他的(一种或多种)下行信号的信息。
b、跳频相关的配置信息。
例如，跳频相关的配置信息包括以下的一种或多种：
使能/去使能跳频。
跳频时域配置(起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧/slot的配置中的一种或多种)。
跳频频域配置(起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数(或每一跳信号占用的频率宽度中的一种或多种)、每一跳的第二资源宽度(如用于相位估计)、特定时间内频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移中的一种或多种。跳频偏移的取值中至少有一个取值能够使得两次相邻的上行定位参考信号的频率资源有重叠。
跳频传输时：例如，对于FR1，其每一跳包含的最大RB数是100(或50，或106)的整数倍，或1/2、1/4倍。例如，对于，其第一跳的起始RB取值是{0，…，X-1}；其中X是根据频率上的有几跳、余数RB、载波带宽、BWP size，SCS中的一种或多种确定。特别地，X＝19，或X＝49。
或者，网络单元可以向UE发送其上行定位参考信号的传输方式的指示信息。
例如：定义如下的第一模式和第二模式：
第一模式：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
第二模式：上行定位参考信号是按照UE的数据传输的资源能力进行上行定位参考信号的传输。
例如，网络单元在以下集合中为UE指示传输方式：
{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}。
例如，网络单元在以下集合中为UE指示传输方式：
{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}。
例如：预先定义传输方式。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过或等于UE的资源能力，上行定位参考信号进行无跳频传输(或无跳频指示)，也可以进行跳频传输(或根据跳频指示进行传输)。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源不超过UE的资源能力，上行定位参考信号进行跳频传输(或根据跳频指示进行传输)。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过或等于UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力，上行定位参考信号按照载波聚合进行传输。例如，UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力为100MHz，UE可按照载波聚合方式传输上行定位参考信号，占用频谱资源可以为100MHz或者200MHz或者300MHz或者其它。
例如，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源不超过UE的上行定位参考信号的资源能力，上行定位参考信号按照单载波进行传输。
上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源可以超过UE的资源能力。取决于基站的配置，上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源也可以不超过UE的资源能力。特别地，即使上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过UE的资源能力，网络还可以配置UE进行跳频发送上行定位参考信号，从而获得更好的定位性能。特别地，即使上行定位参考信号传输所占用的资源超过UE的资源能力，UE还可以跳频发送上行定位参考信号，从而获得更好的定位性能。
网络单元可以按照参考信号配置信息接收UE传输的SRS。
本实施例二中，网络单元(例如LMF/基站/其他通信实体等)向UE发送其定位参考信号的配置信息，可以对传输带宽、传输方式、是否跳频、是否支持CA等进行指示或配置，能够在满足不同定位业务需求的同时，从而有效地避免大幅度增加UE的复杂度/成本/功耗。
本实施例二网络单元(例如LMF/基站/其他通信实体等)向UE发送关于定位参考信号的配置信息，包括传输带宽和传输方式的指示、SRS带宽和跳频的联合能力上报、细节的起始资源指示等，目前针对SRS配置信息未进行如此细粒度、灵活的配置。
需要说明的是，对于前述的各方法实施例，为了简单描述，故将其都表述为一系列的动作组合，但是本领域技术人员应该知悉，本申请实施例并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制，因为依据本申请实施例，某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或同时进行。其次，本领域技术人员也应该知悉，说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例，所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本申请实施例所必须的。
为便于更好的实施本申请实施例的上述方案，下面还提供用于实施上述方案的相关装置。
请参阅图4所示，本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置。通信装置可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，或是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。图4以通信装置终端设备400为例示出。终端设备400可以包括：收发模块401和处理模块402。
收发模块，用于向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述收发模块，用于向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
处理模块，用于获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述处理模块，用于获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量是预定义的，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量集合中的所有数量；或，
所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量大于所述第二数量；或，
所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量不大于所述第二数量。
一种可能的实现中：所述资源是：带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、带宽部分BWP、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数中的一种或多种。
一种可能的实现中：所述收发模块，用于向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第三能力信息；
其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
一种可能的实现中：所述收发模块，用于向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第四能力信息；
其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
一种可能的实现中：所述N小于所述M；或，
所述N不大于所述M。
一种可能的实现中：所述收发模块，用于向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第五能力信息；
其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
一种可能的实现中：所述收发模块，用于向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第六能力信息；
其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第 一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息；
其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信 息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一网络设备是定位服务器，所述第二网络设备是基站；或者，
所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备是同一个基站。
请参阅图5所示，本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置。通信装置可以是网络设备，也可以是网络设备中的装置，或是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。图5以通信装置是网络设备500为例示出。网络设备500可以包括：收发模块501和处理模块502。
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
一种可能的实现中：所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备发送的第三能力信息；
其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
一种可能的实现中：所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备发送的第四能力信息；
其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
一种可能的实现中：所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备发送的第五能力信息；
其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
一种可能的实现中：所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备发送的第六能力信息；
其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长 度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息包括：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息；
其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
一种可能的实现中：所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设 备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中，也可以是单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。
如图6所示为本申请实施例提供的装置600，用于实现上述方法中终端设备的功能。该装置可以是终端设备，也可以是终端设备中的装置，或者能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。其中，该装置可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。装置600包括至少一个处理器620，用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能。示例性地，处理器620可以接收下行控制信息、控制资源集的配置信息等等信息，并解析上述信息，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
装置600还可以包括至少一个存储器630，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器630和处理器620耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器620可能和存储器630协同操作。处理器620可能执行存储器630中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中
装置600还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口有多种实现方式，例如通信接口可以是收发器、接口、总线、电路、管脚或者能够实现收发功能的装置，图6中以通信接口为收发器610进行示例说明，收发器610用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而用于装置600中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备可以是网络设备。处理器620利用收发器610收发数据，并用于实现图1对应的实施例中所述的终端设备所执行的通信方法。
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器610、处理器620以及存储器630之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图6中以存储器630、处理器620以及收发器610之间通过总线640连接，总线在图6中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图6中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
如图7所示为本申请实施例提供的装置700，用于实现上述方法中网络设备的功能。该装置可以是网络设备，也可以是网络设备中的装置，或者能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。其中，该装置可以为芯片系统。装置700包括至少一个处理器720，用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能。示例性地，处理器720可以生成和发送下行控制信息、控制资源集的配置信息等等信息，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
装置700还可以包括至少一个存储器730，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器730和处理器720耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式，用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器 720可能和存储器730协同操作。处理器720可能执行存储器730中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。
装置700还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口有多种实现方式，例如通信接口可以是收发器、接口、总线、电路或者能够实现收发功能的装置，图7中以通信接口为收发器710进行示例说明，收发器710用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信，从而用于装置700中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地，该其它设备可以是终端设备。处理器720利用收发器710收发数据，并用于实现图1对应的实施例中所述的网络设备所执行的方法。
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器710、处理器720以及存储器730之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图7中以存储器730、处理器720以及收发器710之间通过总线740连接，总线在图7中以粗线表示，其它部件之间的连接方式，仅是进行示意性说明，并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图7中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
在本申请实施例中，处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件，可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。
在本申请实施例中，存储器可以是非易失性存储器，比如硬盘(hard disk drive，HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive，SSD)等，还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory，RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置，用于存储程序指令和/或数据。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、终端设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质等。
在本申请实施例中，在无逻辑矛盾的前提下，各实施例之间可以相互引用，例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用，例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相 互引用，例如装置实施例和方法实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (34)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
    所述终端设备向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
    所述终端设备获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
    所述终端设备获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
    所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量是预定义的，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
    所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量；或，
    所述第一数量属于第一数量集合，所述第二数量属于第二数量集合，所述第一数量集合中存在至少一个数量大于所述第二数量集合中的所有数量；或，
    所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量大于所述第二数量；或，
    所述第一数量是预定义的，所述第二数量是预定义的，且所述第一数量不大于所述第二数量。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源是：带宽、资源块、载波、子带、频率范围、频带、频段、子载波间隔、带宽部分BWP、跳频间隔、特定的时间范围内的跳频次数中的一种或多种。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第三能力信息；
    其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
    所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第四能力信息；
    其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
    所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N小于所述M；或，
    所述N不大于所述M。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第五能力信息；
    其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
    所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
    所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备或所述第二网络设备发送第六能力信息；
    其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
    所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
    所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
    所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
    所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
    所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
    所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
    所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
    所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
    所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
    所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
    所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
    所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
  11. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息；
    其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
    所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
    所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
    所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
    所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
    所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
    所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
    所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
    所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
    所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
    所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
  12. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
    其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
    所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
  13. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
    其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  14. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
    其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  15. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设 备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  16. 根据权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网络设备是定位服务器，所述第二网络设备是基站；或者，
    所述第一网络设备和所述第二网络设备是同一个基站。
  17. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第三能力信息；
    其中，所述第三能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备是否支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，和/或，
    所述终端设备支持使用最多M个载波发送和/或接收所述第一信息，所述M是正整数。
  20. 根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第四能力信息；
    其中，所述第四能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备不支持使用载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第二信息，或，
    所述终端设备支持使用最多N个载波发送和/或接收所述第二信息，所述N是正整数。
  21. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第五能力信息；
    其中，所述第五能力信息用于指示：
    所述终端设备支持根据第一算法生成所述第一信息；或，
    所述终端设备支持根据第二算法生成所述第一信息；或，
    所述终端设备支持根据所述第一算法和支持根据所述第二算法生成所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第六能力信息；
    其中，所述第六能力信息包括如下至少一种信息：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、预留时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
    所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
    所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
    所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
    所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
    所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
    所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
    所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
    所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
    所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
    所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
  23. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息包括：
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式的配置；
    所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或，所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；或，
    所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式包括：所述终端设备根据第一算法生成所述第一信息，或者根据第二算法生成所述第一信息，其中，所述第一算法和所述第二算法是不同的算法。
  24. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息包括：发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息；
    其中，所述发送和/或接收所述第一信息的信息至少包括如下一种：扰码信息、位置信息、周期信息、间隔信息、跳频信息、密度信息、保护时间信息、调谐时间信息、不同时发送信息、不同时接收信息；
    所述扰码信息至少包括如下一种：扰码范围、扰码取值集合；
    所述位置信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送位置和/或接收位置；
    所述周期信息是所述终端设备能够支持的所述第一信息的发送周期和/或接收周期；
    所述间隔信息是所述终端设备能够支持的两次相邻的第一信息的发送间隔和/或接收间隔；
    所述跳频信息是所述终端设备是否支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在特定时间内的跳数、发送和/或接收所述第一信息在每一跳的占据的资源块RB数、每一跳对应的发送和/或接收所述第一信息的资源宽度、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的跳频偏移、以跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息的频率资源范围、发送和/或接收所述第一信息的子载波间隔信息中的一种或多种；
    所述密度信息是所述终端设备在特定的时间范围内发送和/或接收所述第一信息的次数；
    所述预留时间信息是所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息前要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送和/或接收所述第一信息后要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在发送两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度，或所述终端设备在接收两次第一信息之间要预留的时间长度；
    所述调谐时间信息是所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的发送后到下一次发送第一信息的切换时间，或所述终端设备在完成一次第一信息的接收后到下一次接收第一信息的切换时间；
    所述不同时发送信息是所述终端设备在发送所述第一信息时，不支持再发送除所述第一信息以外的其他信息；
    所述不同时接收信息是所述终端设备在接收所述第一信息时，不支持接收除所述第一信息以外的其他信息。
  25. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息至少包括以下一种：是否使能跳频、跳频时域配置、跳频频域配置；
    其中，所述跳频时域配置至少包括如下一种：起始位置、间隔、周期、每一跳占据的符号个数、帧或者时隙的配置；
    所述跳频频域配置至少包括如下一种：起始RB位置、每一跳的占据的RB数、每一跳对应的资源宽度、特定时间对应的频率上的跳数、跳频的频率资源范围、子载波间隔信息、跳频偏移。
  26. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}；
    其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  27. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置信息用于指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息的方式为如下其中一种：{第一模式，不跳频}、{第二模式，跳频}、{第二模式，不跳频}、{第一模式，跳频}；
    其中，所述第一模式是所述终端设备根据所述第一能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述第二模式是所述终端设备根据所述第二能力信息发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述不跳频是所述终端设备不支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    所述跳频是所述终端设备支持跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  28. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述终端设备根据预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    其中，所述预先定义的发送和/或接收的方式至少包括如下一种：
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据不跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第二数量，所述终端设备根据跳频的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息，或所述终端设备根据跳频指示发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量超过或等于所述第一数量，所述终端设备根据载波聚合的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息；
    发送和/或接收所述第一信息所占用的资源数量不超过所述第一数量，所述终端设备根 据单载波的方式发送和/或接收所述第一信息。
  29. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为终端设备，所述通信装置包括：
    收发模块，用于向第一网络设备传送第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
    所述收发模块，用于向第二网络设备传送第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
    处理模块，用于获取第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
    所述处理模块，用于获取第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
  30. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为网络设备，所述通信装置包括：处理模块和收发模块，其中，
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
    所述处理模块，用于通过所述收发模块向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
  31. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：终端设备和网络设备，其中，
    所述终端设备，用于执行前述权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法；
    所述网络设备，用于执行前述权利要求17至28中任一项所述的方法；
  32. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：终端设备、第一网络设备和第二网络设备，其中，
    所述终端设备，用于执行前述权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法；
    所述第一网络设备，用于接收终端设备传送的第一能力信息，其中，所述第一能力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第一数量的资源发送和/或接收第一信息，所述第一信息包括参考信号；
    所述第二网络设备，用于接收所述终端设备传送的第二能力信息，其中，所述第二能 力信息用于指示所述终端设备至多支持使用第二数量的资源发送和/或接收第二信息，其中，所述第二信息至少包括如下一种：数据、控制信息；
    所述第一网络设备，用于向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息为所述第一信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第一数量；
    所述第二网络设备，用于向所述终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息为所述第二信息配置的资源数量不大于所述第二数量。
  33. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有至少一条指令，所述指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至权利要求16、或者权利要求17至权利要求28中任一项所述的通信方法。
  34. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序指令，当所述计算机程序指令被计算机加载并运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至权利要求16、或者权利要求17至权利要求28中任一项所述的通信方法。
PCT/CN2021/070379 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 一种通信方法和通信装置 WO2022147669A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180038148.2A CN115699952A (zh) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 一种通信方法和通信装置
KR1020237009650A KR20230056028A (ko) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 통신 방법 및 통신 장치
JP2023520356A JP2023550243A (ja) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 通信方法および通信装置
EP21916727.7A EP4199622A4 (en) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
PCT/CN2021/070379 WO2022147669A1 (zh) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 一种通信方法和通信装置
US18/343,741 US20230345230A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2023-06-29 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/070379 WO2022147669A1 (zh) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 一种通信方法和通信装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/343,741 Continuation US20230345230A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2023-06-29 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022147669A1 true WO2022147669A1 (zh) 2022-07-14

Family

ID=82357086

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/070379 WO2022147669A1 (zh) 2021-01-05 2021-01-05 一种通信方法和通信装置

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20230345230A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4199622A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2023550243A (zh)
KR (1) KR20230056028A (zh)
CN (1) CN115699952A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022147669A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024022157A1 (zh) * 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位处理方法、装置及设备
WO2024032540A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for user equipment positioning using frequency hopping reference signals

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109196929A (zh) * 2016-07-28 2019-01-11 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 通信方法、网络设备和终端设备
CN110121916A (zh) * 2017-03-22 2019-08-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和设备
US20200112349A1 (en) * 2018-10-09 2020-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Sounding reference signal (srs) switching capability and configuration
CN111082839A (zh) * 2019-07-09 2020-04-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 能力信息以及信道状态信息的反馈方法和装置
US20200252116A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2020-08-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for beam management in wireless communication system
CN111769857A (zh) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-13 华为技术有限公司 一种上报终端设备能力的方法和通信装置

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109547179B (zh) * 2011-10-08 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 探测参考信号传输的方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN111316726A (zh) * 2017-11-16 2020-06-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11509372B2 (en) * 2019-05-03 2022-11-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Capability information for sounding reference signal improvements

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109196929A (zh) * 2016-07-28 2019-01-11 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 通信方法、网络设备和终端设备
US20200252116A1 (en) * 2016-11-04 2020-08-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for beam management in wireless communication system
CN110121916A (zh) * 2017-03-22 2019-08-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和设备
US20200112349A1 (en) * 2018-10-09 2020-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Sounding reference signal (srs) switching capability and configuration
CN111769857A (zh) * 2019-03-30 2020-10-13 华为技术有限公司 一种上报终端设备能力的方法和通信装置
CN111082839A (zh) * 2019-07-09 2020-04-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 能力信息以及信道状态信息的反馈方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4199622A4 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024022157A1 (zh) * 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位处理方法、装置及设备
WO2024032540A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for user equipment positioning using frequency hopping reference signals

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4199622A1 (en) 2023-06-21
KR20230056028A (ko) 2023-04-26
EP4199622A4 (en) 2023-11-22
CN115699952A (zh) 2023-02-03
JP2023550243A (ja) 2023-12-01
US20230345230A1 (en) 2023-10-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210288852A1 (en) Guard band indication method and apparatus
JP7493094B2 (ja) 同期信号ブロック伝送方法及び通信装置
US20200374904A1 (en) Uplink data sending and receiving method, apparatus, and system
WO2020221318A1 (zh) 一种上行波束管理方法及装置
CN110831126A (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
US20230345230A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021017702A1 (zh) 一种信号传输方法及装置
WO2020029973A1 (zh) 一种信息的处理方法和通信装置
WO2022022610A1 (zh) 一种同步信号块的传输方法和通信装置
CN109150463B (zh) 信息发送、接收方法及装置
WO2023151477A1 (zh) 资源配置方法、通信装置及通信设备
WO2019095940A1 (zh) 一种中继网络中时域资源的指示方法，网络设备及用户设备
JP2019533371A (ja) ダウンリンク制御信号を伝送する方法及び装置
WO2022206346A1 (zh) 一种随机接入方法及装置
WO2022126637A1 (zh) 资源确定方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN114826537A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US11856605B2 (en) Medium access control support for heterogenous physical layer data unit multiplexing
WO2022077470A1 (zh) 数据信道的传输方法
WO2023143007A1 (zh) 信息传输方法和装置
WO2022082805A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022022482A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法和通信装置
WO2023151258A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2024051660A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023143269A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023066202A1 (zh) 参考信号的资源映射方法与装置、终端和网络设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21916727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237009650

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021916727

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230313

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023520356

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE